[go: up one dir, main page]

EP1321509B1 - Hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers in form of a solid precompound for washing, rinsing and cleansing agents - Google Patents

Hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers in form of a solid precompound for washing, rinsing and cleansing agents Download PDF

Info

Publication number
EP1321509B1
EP1321509B1 EP02027904A EP02027904A EP1321509B1 EP 1321509 B1 EP1321509 B1 EP 1321509B1 EP 02027904 A EP02027904 A EP 02027904A EP 02027904 A EP02027904 A EP 02027904A EP 1321509 B1 EP1321509 B1 EP 1321509B1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
polymers
alcohol
acid
carbon atoms
solid
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Lifetime
Application number
EP02027904A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP1321509A1 (en
Inventor
Ditmar Kischkel
Manfred Dr. Weuthen
Michael Elsner
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Cognis IP Management GmbH
Original Assignee
Cognis IP Management GmbH
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Cognis IP Management GmbH filed Critical Cognis IP Management GmbH
Publication of EP1321509A1 publication Critical patent/EP1321509A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of EP1321509B1 publication Critical patent/EP1321509B1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Lifetime legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/66Non-ionic compounds
    • C11D1/72Ethers of polyoxyalkylene glycols
    • C11D1/721End blocked ethers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D17/00Detergent materials or soaps characterised by their shape or physical properties
    • C11D17/0034Fixed on a solid conventional detergent ingredient
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/20Organic compounds containing oxygen
    • C11D3/22Carbohydrates or derivatives thereof
    • C11D3/222Natural or synthetic polysaccharides, e.g. cellulose, starch, gum, alginic acid or cyclodextrin
    • C11D3/227Natural or synthetic polysaccharides, e.g. cellulose, starch, gum, alginic acid or cyclodextrin with nitrogen-containing groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/37Polymers
    • C11D3/3703Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C11D3/3715Polyesters or polycarbonates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/37Polymers
    • C11D3/3703Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C11D3/3719Polyamides or polyimides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/37Polymers
    • C11D3/3746Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C11D3/3769(Co)polymerised monomers containing nitrogen, e.g. carbonamides, nitriles or amines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/38Products with no well-defined composition, e.g. natural products

Definitions

  • the invention relates to solid compositions containing hydroxy mixed ethers and optionally other surfactants, polymers and inorganic or organic carriers, a process for their preparation and the use of solid agents as a precompound for the production of detergents, dishwashing detergents and cleaning agents.
  • rinse aids are mixtures of, for example, nonionic surfactants, solubilizers, organic acids and solvents, water and optionally preservatives and fragrances.
  • the object of the surfactants in these compositions is to influence the interfacial tension of the water so that it is in as thin as possible continuous film Run off the dishes, so that during the subsequent drying process no drops of water, streaks or films remain (so-called network effect).
  • surfactants in rinse aids must also damp the foam in the dishwasher caused by food particles. Since the rinse aid usually contain acids for improving the Klartrocknungs bin, the surfactants used must additionally be comparatively hydrolysis insensitive to acids.
  • Rinse aids are used both in the household and in the commercial sector. In186, the rinse aid is usually added after the pre-rinsing and cleaning process at about 40 to 65 ° C.
  • the commercial dishwashers work with only one cleaning liquor, which is renewed only by adding the rinse solution from the previous rinse. So there is no complete water exchange during the entire wash program. Therefore, the rinse aid must also foam-suppressing, be stable even at a strong temperature gradient of about 85 to about 35 ° C and prove to be inert to alkali and active chlorine compounds.
  • detergent tablets which contain hydroxy mixed ethers, a polymer and other solids.
  • the WO 00/27903 A1 describes solid detergents which, in addition to hydroxy mixed ethers, may contain further surfactants, polymers and carriers.
  • Surfactant granules are known which may contain 40% by weight of hydroxy mixed ether, 50% by weight of cellulose as carrier and 5% by weight of polycarboxylates.
  • solid detergents and cleaners are disclosed which, in addition to hydroxy mixed ethers, may contain polymers and carriers.
  • the object of the present invention has consisted of surfactants in solid form (solid) for the preparation of solid detergents, dishwashing detergents and cleaners, in particular solid dishwashing detergents, for example the so-called “2 in 1” or “3 in 1” dishwashing detergent , to provide.
  • the solid agents should be characterized in that they have excellent Klar micheigenschaften, even in the presence of protein soilings foam-suppressing, are stable even at high temperature gradient, do not gel during dissolution and in particular have a solubility kinetics, the carryover of the highest possible content of nonionic surfactant into the rinse of the machine process also made possible to produce simpler solid detergent formulations. Furthermore, the surfaces to be cleaned or rinsed should be equipped in such a way that it is easier to remove soiling during the next cleaning process.
  • the object was achieved by the provision of solid agents which contain a combination of hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers in the mixing ratio according to the invention, be solved.
  • these solid agents for example as a precompound in washing, rinsing and cleaning agent formulations, the surfactant content, in particular the content of hydroxy mixed ether, can be reduced while the cleaning power remains consistently high. Nevertheless, this results in a very good wetting ability and a spotless gloss of the surfaces to be cleaned.
  • the addition of polymers to rinse aids means that at the next cleaning otherwise strongly adhering and often critical stains such as starchy stains, can be completely removed. These soiling can be removed without additional manual processing of the items to be washed.
  • the invention relates to solid precompounds for the production of detergents, dishwashing detergents and cleaning compositions, characterized in that hydroxy mixed ethers (a) and optionally further surfactants (a), cationic polymers (b) which have monomer units of the formula (Ia) , in which n3 is a number between 2 and 4, R 1a is hydrogen or a methyl group and R 2a , R 3a and R 4a may be identical or different and represent hydrogen or a C 1-4 -alk (en) yl group and X - represents an anion from the group of the halide anions or a monoalkyl anion of the sulfuric monoesters and optionally further, typical for washing, rinsing and cleaning agents auxiliaries and additives (c) and support (d) in the ratio (a + b + c): (d) 1: 1 to 1:40 are included.
  • the weight ratio is calculated based on the active substance content.
  • Hydroxy mixed ethers are known non-ionic surfactants having unsymmetrical ether structure and polyalkylene glycol moieties which are obtained, for example, by subjecting olefin epoxides to a ring opening reaction with fatty alcohol polyglycol ethers.
  • HME Hydroxy mixed ethers
  • Corresponding products and their use in the field of cleaning hard surfaces are for example the subject of the European patent specification EP 0693049 B1 as well as the international patent application WO 94/22800 (Olin ) and the writings mentioned therein.
  • R 1 is a linear or branched alkyl radical having 2 to 18, preferably 6 to 16 carbon atoms, in particular 8 to 12 carbon atoms
  • R 2 is hydrogen or a linear or branched alkyl radical having 2 to 18 carbon atoms
  • R 3 is a linear or branched Alkyl and / or alkenyl radical having 1 to 22, preferably 8 to 18 carbon atoms
  • n1 and n2 independently of one another, are 0 or numbers from 1 to 60, preferably 2 to 60 and in particular 20 to 40 and
  • m is 0 or numbers of 0.5 to 5, preferably 1 to 2, with the provisos that the sum of the carbon atoms in the radicals R 1 and R 2 is at least 6 and preferably 8 to 18 and the sum (n1 + m + n2) is different from 0.
  • the HME ring opening products may be both internal olefins (R 2 not hydrogen) or terminal olefins (R 2 hydrogen), the latter being preferred for ease of preparation and more advantageous performance properties.
  • the polar portion of the molecule may be a polyethylene (PE) or a polypropylene (PP) chain; Also suitable are mixed chains of PE and PP units, whether in statistical or block distribution.
  • Typical examples are ring opening products of 1,2-hexene epoxide, 2,3-hexene epoxide, 1,2-octene epoxide, 2,3-octene epoxide, 3,4-octene epoxide, 1,2-decene epoxide, 2,3-decene epoxide, 3,4 Decene epoxide, 4,5-decene epoxide, 1,2-dodecene epoxide, 2,3-dodecene epoxide, 3,4-dodecene epoxide, 4,5-dodecene epoxide, 5,6-dodecene epoxide, 1,2-tetradecenepoxide, 2,3-tetradecenepoxide , 3,4-tetradecenepoxide, 4,5-tetradecenepoxide, 5,6-tetradec
  • Caproic alcohol caprylic alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, capric alcohol, lauryl alcohol, isotridecyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, palmoleyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, elaidyl alcohol, petroselinyl alcohol, linolyl alcohol, linolenyl alcohol, elaeostearyl alcohol, arachyl alcohol, gadoleyl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, erucyl alcohol and brassidyl alcohol, and technical mixtures thereof.
  • cationic polymers having monomer units of the formula (Ia) , wherein n3 is a number between 2 and 4, preferably 3, R 1a is hydrogen or a methyl group and R 2a , R 3a and R 4a may be the same or different and represent hydrogen or a C 1-4 alkoxy group , X - represents an anion from the group of halide anions or a monoalkyl the Schwefelklandester.
  • the polymers preferably contain the monomer units of the formula (Ia) in an amount of from 10 mol% to 80 mol%, particularly preferably from 20 mol% to 60 mol%.
  • the polymers thus have a significant soil release effect.
  • unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid and the like, olefins, such as ethylene, propylene and butene, alkyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids, in particular esters of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, their alcohol components of alkyl groups of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, and their hydroxy derivatives such as 2-hydroxy-ethyl methacrylate, provided with unsaturated groups, optionally further substituted, aromatic compounds such as styrene, methylstyrene, vinylstyrene and heterocyclic compounds such as vinylpyrrolidone can be used.
  • unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid and the like
  • olefins such as ethylene, propylene and butene
  • Acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and their C 1 -C 6 esters are preferably used as comonomers.
  • suitable cationic cellulose derivatives such as a quaternized hydroxyethylcellulose available under the name Polymer JR 400® from Amerchol, cationic starch, copolymers of diallylammonium salts and acrylamides, quaternized vinylpyrrolidone / vinylimidazole polymers such as Luviquat® (BASF), condensation products of polyglycols and Amines, quaternized collagen polypeptides such as lauryldimonium hydroxypropyl hydrolyzed collagen (Lamequat®L / Grünau), quaternized wheat polypeptides, polyethylenimine, cationic silicone polymers such as amodimethicones, copolymers of adipic acid and dimethylaminohydroxypropyldiethylenetriamine (Cartaretine® / Sandoz), copolymers
  • polymers are also selected which are selected from the group consisting of polymers or copolymers of monomers such as trialkylammoniumalkyl (meth) acrylate or acrylamide, dialkyldiallyldiammonium salts, polymer-analogous reaction products of ethers or esters of polysaccharides with pendant ammonium groups, Guar, cellulose and starch derivatives, polyadducts of ethylene oxide with ammonium groups, polyesters and polyamides with quaternary pendant groups.
  • monomers such as trialkylammoniumalkyl (meth) acrylate or acrylamide, dialkyldiallyldiammonium salts, polymer-analogous reaction products of ethers or esters of polysaccharides with pendant ammonium groups, Guar, cellulose and starch derivatives, polyadducts of ethylene oxide with ammonium groups, polyesters and polyamides with quaternary pendant groups.
  • polyacrylic acid copolymers eg Versicol E11® or Glascol E11® (Allied Colloids), polyacrylamidopropanesulfonic acid eg Rheothik 80-11® (Cognis), trimethylammoniumpropylmethacrylamide-sodium acrylate-ethylacrylate polymer eg Polyquart Ampho 149® Cognis.
  • quaternized protein hydrolysates for example Gluadin WQ® (Cognis).
  • anionic, zwitterionic, amphoteric and nonionic polymers are, for example, vinyl acetate / crotonic acid copolymers, vinylpyrrolidone / vinyl acrylate copolymers, vinyl acetate / butyl maleate / isobornyl acrylate copolymers, methyl vinyl ether / maleic anhydride copolymers and their esters, unvarnished polyols crosslinked with polyols, acrylamidopropyltrimethylammonium chloride / Acrylate copolymers, octylacrylamide / methylmethacrylate / tert.butylaminoethylmethacrylate / 2-hydroxypropro pylmethacrylate copolymers, polyvinylpyrrolidone, vinylpyrrolidone / vinyl acetate copolymers, vinyl
  • suitable substances are those which preferably contain ethylene terephthalate and / or polyethylene glycol terephthalate groups, it being possible for the molar ratio of ethylene terephthalate to polyethylene glycol terephthalate to be in the range from 50:50 to 90:10.
  • the molecular weight of the linking polyethylene glycol units ranges from 750 to 5,000, that is, ethoxylicity degree of the polymers containing polyethylene glycol groups may be about 15 to 100.
  • the polymers are characterized by an average molecular weight of about 5000 to 200,000 and may have a block, but preferably a random structure.
  • Preferred polymers are those having molar ratios of ethylene terephthalate / polyethylene glycol terephthalate of from about 65:35 to about 90:10, preferably from about 70:30 to 80:20. Further preferred are those polymers comprising linking polyethylene glycol units having a molecular weight of from 750 to 5,000, preferably from 1000 to about 3000 and a molecular weight of the polymer of about 10,000 to about 50,000. Examples of commercially available polymers are the products Milease® T (ICI) or Repelotex® SRP 3 (Rhöne-Poulenc).
  • compositions according to the invention comprise the components of hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers of the formula (Ia) in a weight ratio of 0.1: 1 to 1000: 1, preferably 1: 1 to 100: 1, particularly preferably 5: 1 to 50: 1.
  • the solid agents include inorganic or organic carriers selected from the group consisting of zeolites, alkali metal sulfates, alkali phosphates, alkali carbonates, alkali hydrogencarbonates, alkali silicates, alkali citrates, polysaccharides and their derivatives such as celluloses, carboxymethylcelluloses, cyclodextrins, starches , Starch degradation products and polyacrylates, as well as mixtures thereof.
  • inorganic or organic carriers selected from the group consisting of zeolites, alkali metal sulfates, alkali phosphates, alkali carbonates, alkali hydrogencarbonates, alkali silicates, alkali citrates, polysaccharides and their derivatives such as celluloses, carboxymethylcelluloses, cyclodextrins, starches , Starch degradation products and polyacrylates, as well as mixtures thereof.
  • the detergency builders zeolite A and / or P are particularly preferred.
  • zeolite P for example, zeolite MAP (R) (commercial product from Crosfield) is particularly preferred.
  • zeolite X and mixtures of A, X and / or P are particularly preferred.
  • zeolite A and zeolite X are co-crystallized sodium / potassium aluminum silicate of zeolite A and zeolite X, which as VEGOBOND AX ® (commercial product from Condea Augusta SpA) is commercially available.
  • VEGOBOND AX ® commercial product from Condea Augusta SpA
  • the zeolite can be used as a spray-dried powder or else as undried, still moist, stabilized suspension of its preparation.
  • zeolite In the event that the zeolite is used as a suspension, these may contain small additions of nonionic surfactants as stabilizers, for example 1 to 3 wt .-%, based on zeolite, of ethoxylated C 12 -C 18 fatty alcohols having 2 to 5 ethylene oxide groups , C 12 -C 14 fatty alcohols having 4 to 5 ethylene oxide groups or ethoxylated isotridecanols. Suitable zeolites have an average particle size of less than 10 ⁇ m (volume distribution;
  • Coulter Counter and preferably contain 18 to 22 wt .-%, in particular 20 to 22 wt .-% of bound water.
  • phosphates as carriers are possible in particular.
  • alkali silicates crystalline, layered alkali and especially sodium silicates of the general formula NaMSi x O 2x + 1 ⁇ yH 2 O to understand, where M is sodium or hydrogen, x is a number from 1.9 to 4 and y is a number from 0 to 20 is and preferred values for x are 2, 3 or 4.
  • Such crystalline layered silicates are described, for example, in the European patent application EP 0164514 A1 described.
  • Preferred crystalline layered silicates of the formula given are those in which M is sodium and x assumes the values 2 or 3.
  • both ⁇ - and ⁇ -sodium disilicates Na 2 Si 2 O 5 .yH 2 O are preferred, wherein ⁇ -sodium disilicate can be obtained, for example, by the method described in International Patent Application WO 91/08171 is described.
  • Further suitable phyllosilicates are, for example, from the patent applications DE 2334899 A1 .
  • EP 0026529 A1 and DE 3526405 A1 known. Its usability is not limited to any particular composition or structural formula. However, smectites, in particular bentonites, are preferred here.
  • small amounts of iron may be incorporated in the crystal lattice of the layered silicates according to the above formulas.
  • the phyllosilicates may contain hydrogen, alkali, alkaline earth metal ions, in particular Na + and Ca 2+ , due to their ion-exchanging properties.
  • the amount of water of hydration is usually in the range of 8 to 20 wt .-% and is dependent on the swelling state or on the type of processing.
  • Useful phyllosilicates are for example US 3,966,629 . U.S. 4,062,647 .
  • EP 0026529 A1 and EP 0028432 A1 known.
  • phyllosilicates are used, which are largely free of calcium ions and strong coloring iron ions due to an alkali treatment.
  • the preferred inorganic carrier substances also include amorphous sodium silicates having a modulus of Na 2 O: SiO 2 of from 1: 2 to 1: 3.3, preferably from 1: 2 to 1: 2.8, and in particular of 1: 2 to 1: 2.6, which are delay-delayed and have secondary washing properties.
  • the dissolution delay over conventional amorphous sodium silicates may have been caused in various ways, for example by surface treatment, compounding, compaction nebulization or by overdrying.
  • the term "amorphous” is also understood to mean "X-ray amorphous”.
  • the silicates do not give sharp X-ray reflections typical of crystalline substances, but at most one or more maxima of the scattered X-rays which are several angstroms in width of the diffraction angle. However, it may even lead to particularly good performance properties if the silicate particles provide blurred or even sharp diffraction maxima in electron diffraction experiments. This is to be interpreted as meaning that the products have microcrystalline regions of size 10 to a few hundred nm, with values of up to max. 50 nm and in particular up to max. 20 nm are preferred.
  • Such so-called X-ray amorphous silicates which likewise have a dissolution delay compared with the conventional water glasses, are described, for example, in the German patent application DE 4400024 A1 described.
  • Especially preferred are densified / compacted amorphous silicates, compounded amorphous silicates and overdried X-ray amorphous silicates.
  • polysaccharides are cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, cyclodextrin or starch and their degradation products, as polymeric supports (d) are in particular polyacrylates having molecular weights in the range of 1,000 to 50,000 in question.
  • the solid compositions may contain other auxiliary substances and additives typical of detergents, dishwashing detergents and cleaning agents, as well as other surfactants.
  • auxiliary substances and additives typical of detergents, dishwashing detergents and cleaning agents, as well as other surfactants.
  • these are, for example, low-foaming, preferably nonionic cosurfactants, anionic cosurfactants, co-builders, oil and grease solvents, bleaches, bleach activators, grayness inhibitors, enzymes, enzyme stabilizers, optical Brighteners, defoamers, disintegrants, fragrances, inorganic salts and the like, as they are explained in more detail below.
  • solid agents which, in addition to the hydroxy mixed ethers, comprise nonionic surfactants, especially adducts of ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide with fatty or oxo alcohols, as further surfactant component.
  • nonionic cosurfactants are fatty alcohol polyglycol ethers, alkylphenol polyglycol ethers, fatty acid polyglycol esters, fatty acid amide polyglycol ethers, fatty amine polyglycol ethers, alkoxylated triglycerides, mixed ethers, alk (en) yl oligoglycosides, fatty acid N-alkylglucamides, protein hydrolysates (especially wheat-based vegetable products), polyol fatty acid esters , Sugar esters, sorbitan esters, polysorbates and amine oxides.
  • nonionic surfactants contain polyglycol ether chains, these may have a conventional, but preferably a narrow homolog distribution. Preference is given to using fatty alcohol polyglycol ethers, alkoxylated fatty acid lower alkyl esters, alkyl oligoglucosides or mixed ethers.
  • the preferred fatty alcohol polyglycol ethers follow the formula (II) , R 4 O (CH 2 CHR 5 O) p1 H (II) in which R 4 is a linear or branched alkyl and / or alkenyl radical having 6 to 22, preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms, R 5 is hydrogen or methyl and p 1 is a number from 1 to 20.
  • Typical examples are the addition products of on average 1 to 20 and preferably 5 to 10 moles of ethylene and / or propylene oxide to caproic alcohol, caprylic alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, capric alcohol, lauryl alcohol, isotridecyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, palmoleyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, elaidyl alcohol , Petroselinylalkohol, Linolylalkohol, Linolenylalkohol, Elaeostearylalkohol, Arachylalkohol, Gadoleylalkohol, Behenylalkohol, Erucylalkohol and Brassidylalkohol as well as their technical mixtures. Particularly preferred are addition products of 3, 5 or 7 moles of ethylene oxide to technical Kokosfettalkohole.
  • Suitable alkoxylated fatty acid lower alkyl esters are surfactants of the formula ( III ), R 6 CO- (OCH 2 CHR 7) p2 OR 8 (III) in R 6 CO is a linear or branched, saturated and / or unsaturated acyl radical having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, R 7 is hydrogen or methyl, R 8 is linear or branched alkyl radicals having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and p 2 is a number from 1 to 20 stands.
  • Typical examples are the formal insert products of an average of 1 to 20 and preferably 5 to 10 moles of ethylene and / or propylene oxide into the methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl and tert-butyl esters of caproic acid, caprylic acid, 2-ethylhexanoic acid, capric acid, lauric acid, isotridecanoic acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, palmitoleic acid, stearic acid, isostearic acid, Oleic acid, elaidic acid, petroselinic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, elaeostearic acid, arachidic acid, gadoleic acid, behenic acid and erucic acid and their technical mixtures.
  • the products are prepared by insertion of the alkylene oxides into the carbonyl ester bond in the presence of special catalysts, such as, for example, calcined hydrotalcite.
  • catalysts such as, for example, calcined hydrotalcite.
  • Particularly preferred are reaction products of on average 5 to 10 moles of ethylene oxide in the ester bond of technical Kokosfettklamethylestem.
  • Alkyl and alkenyl oligoglycosides which are also preferred nonionic surfactants, usually follow the formula (IV), R 9 O- [G] q (IV) in which R 9 is an alkyl and / or alkenyl radical having 4 to 22 carbon atoms, G is a sugar radical having 5 or 6 carbon atoms and q is a number from 1 to 10. They can be obtained by the relevant methods of preparative organic chemistry. Representatives of the extensive literature are here on the writings EP 0301298 A1 and WO 90103977 directed.
  • the alkyl and / or alkenyl oligoglycosides can be derived from aldoses or ketoses having 5 or 6 carbon atoms, preferably glucose.
  • the preferred alkyl and / or alkenyl oligoglycosides are thus alkyl and / or alkenyl oligoglucosides.
  • alkyl and / or alkenyl oligoglycosides having an average degree of oligomerization p of from 1.1 to 3.0. From an application point of view, those alkyl and / or alkenyl oligoglycosides whose degree of oligomerization is less than 1.7 and in particular between 1.2 and 1.4 are preferred.
  • the alkyl or alkenyl radical R 9 can be derived from primary alcohols having 4 to 11, preferably 8 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Typical examples are butanol, caproic alcohol, caprylic alcohol, capric alcohol and undecyl alcohol, and technical mixtures thereof, as obtained, for example, in the hydrogenation of technical fatty acid methyl esters or in the hydrogenation of aldehydes from Roelen's oxosynthesis.
  • the alkyl or alkenyl radical R 9 can also be derived from primary alcohols having 12 to 22, preferably 12 to 14 carbon atoms. Typical examples are lauryl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, palmoleyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, elaidyl alcohol, petroselinyl alcohol, arachyl alcohol, gadoleyl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, erucyl alcohol, brassidyl alcohol, and technical mixtures thereof which can be obtained as described above. Preference is given to alkyl oligoglucosides based on hydrogenated C 12/14 coconut alcohol having a DP of 1 to 3.
  • preferred nonionic surfactants are mixed ethers which follow, for example, the formula (V) R 10 O (CH 2 CH 2 O) rl (CH (CH 3) CH 2 O) s (CH 2 CH 2 O) r2 R 11 (V) in the R 10 is a linear or branched alkyl and / or alkenyl radical having 6 to 22, preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms, R 11 is an alkyl radical having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a benzyl radical, r1 and r2 are independently 0 or numbers of 1 to 20 and s stands for 0 or numbers from 0.5 to 5, with the proviso that the sum (r1 + r2 + s) must be different from 0.
  • Typical examples are, for example, coconut fatty alcohol + 10EO-butyl ether, coconut fatty alcohol + 5PO + 4EO-butyl ether or coconut fatty alcohol + 10EO-benzyl ether.
  • anionic cosurfactants are soaps, alkylbenzenesulfonates, secondary alkanesulfonates, olefin sulfonates, alkyl ether sulfonates, glycerol ether sulfonates, ⁇ -methyl ester sulfonates, sulfo fatty acids.
  • anionic surfactants contain polyglycol ether chains, these may have a conventional, but preferably a narrow homolog distribution.
  • the surfactant mixtures may particularly preferably comprise anionic surfactants selected from the group formed by alkyl and / or alkenyl sulfates, alkyl ether sulfates, alkylbenzenesulfonates, monoglyceride (ether) sulfates and alkanesulfonates, in particular fatty alcohol sulfates, fatty alcohol ether sulfates, secondary alkanesulfonates and linear alkylbenzenesulfonates.
  • Alkyl and / or alkenyl sulfates which are also frequently referred to as fatty alcohol sulfates, are the sulfation products of primary alcohols which follow the formula (VIII) , R 16 O-SO 3 X (VIII) in which R 16 is a linear or branched, aliphatic alkyl and / or alkenyl radical having 6 to 22, preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms and X is an alkali and / or alkaline earth metal, ammonium, alkylammonium, alkanolammonium or glucammonium.
  • alkyl sulfates which can be used according to the invention are the sulfation products of caproic alcohol, caprylic alcohol, capric alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, lauryl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, palmoleyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, elaidyl alcohol, petroselinyl alcohol, arachyl alcohol, gadoleyl alcohol, Behenyl alcohol and erucyl alcohol and their technical mixtures obtained by high-pressure hydrogenation of technical methyl ester fractions or aldehydes from Roelen's oxo synthesis.
  • the sulfation products can preferably be used in the form of their alkali metal salts and in particular their sodium salts. Particular preference is given to alkyl sulfates based on C 16/18 tallow fatty alcohols or vegetable fatty alcohols of comparable C chain distribution in the form of their sodium salts.
  • ether sulfates are known anionic surfactants which are industrially produced by SO 3 or chlorosulfonic acid (CSA) sulfation of fatty alcohol or oxoalcohol polyglycol ethers and subsequent neutralization.
  • ether sulfates come into consideration, which follow the formula (IX), R 17 O- (CH 2 CH 2 O) a SO 3 X (IX) in which R 17 is a linear or branched alkyl and / or alkenyl radical having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, a is a number from 1 to 10 and X is an alkali and / or alkaline earth metal, ammonium, alkylammonium, alkanolammonium or glucammonium.
  • Typical examples are the sulfates of addition products of an average of 1 to 10 and especially 2 to 5 moles of ethylene oxide to caproic alcohol, caprylic alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, capric alcohol, lauryl alcohol, isotridecyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, palmoleyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, elaidyl alcohol, petroselinyl alcohol, Arachyl alcohol, gadoleyl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, erucyl alcohol and brassidyl alcohol and their technical mixtures in the form of their sodium and / or magnesium salts.
  • the ether sulfates may have both a conventional and a narrow homolog distribution. Particularly preferred is the use of ether sulfates based on adducts of an average of 2 to 3 moles of ethylene oxide to technical C 12/14 - or C 12/18 - Kokosfettalkoholfr hopeen in the form of their sodium and / or magnesium salts.
  • Useful organic builders which are suitable as co-builders are, for example, the polycarboxylic acids which can be used in the form of their sodium salts, such as citric acid, adipic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, tartaric acid, sugar acids, aminocarboxylic acids, nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA), if such use is for ecological reasons not to complain about, as well as mixtures of these.
  • Preferred salts are the salts of polycarboxylic acids such as citric acid, adipic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, tartaric acid, sugar acids and mixtures thereof. The acids themselves can also be used.
  • the acids typically also have the property of an acidifying component and thus also serve to set a lower and milder pH of detergents or cleaners.
  • an acidifying component In particular, citric acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, gluconic acid and any desired mixtures of these can be mentioned here.
  • Further suitable organic builder substances are dextrins, for example oligomers or polymers of carbohydrates, which can be obtained by partial hydrolysis of starches.
  • the hydrolysis can be carried out by customary, for example acid or enzyme catalyzed processes. Preferably, they are hydrolysis products having average molecular weights in the range of 400 to 500,000.
  • a polysaccharide having a dextrose equivalent (DE) in the range of 0.5 to 40, especially 2 to 30 is preferred, where DE a common measure of the reducing effect of a polysaccharide compared to dextrose, which has a DE of 100.
  • DE dextrose equivalent
  • Useful are both maltodextrins with a DE of between 3 and 20 and dry glucose syrups with a DE of between 20 and 37 and also so-called yellow dextrins and white dextrins with higher molecular weights in the range from 2,000 to 30,000.
  • a preferred dextrin is disclosed in the British patent application GB 9419091 A1 described.
  • oxidized derivatives of such dextrins are their reaction products with oxidizing agents which are capable of oxidizing at least one alcohol function of the saccharide ring to the carboxylic acid function.
  • oxidizing agents capable of oxidizing at least one alcohol function of the saccharide ring to the carboxylic acid function.
  • Such oxidized dextrins and methods of their preparation are for example from European patent applications EP 0232202 A1 . EP 0427349 A1 . EP 0472042 A1 and EP 0542496 A1 as well as the international patent applications WO 92/18542 . WO 93/08251 . WO 93/16110 . WO 94/28030 .
  • WO 95/07303 WO 95/12619 and WO 95/20608 known.
  • oxidized Oligosaccharide according to the German patent application DE 19600018 A1 , A product oxidized to C 6 of the saccharide ring may be particularly advantageous.
  • suitable co-builders are oxydisuccinates and other derivatives of disuccinates, preferably ethylenediamine disuccinate. Glycerol disuccinates and glycerol trisuccinates, as used, for example, in the U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,524,009 . US 4,639,325 In which European patent application EP 0150930 A1 and Japanese Patent Application JP 93/339896 to be discribed.
  • Suitable amounts are in zeolith Wegner and / or silicate-containing formulations at 3 to 15 wt .-%.
  • Other useful organic cobuilders are, for example, acetylated hydroxycarboxylic acids or their salts, which may optionally also be present in lactone form and which contain at least 4 carbon atoms and at least one hydroxyl group and a maximum of two acid groups. Such co-builders are described, for example, in the international patent application WO 95/20029 described.
  • Suitable polymeric polycarboxylates are, for example, the sodium salts of polyacrylic acid or polymethacrylic acid, for example those having a relative molecular weight of 800 to 150,000 (based on acid and measured in each case against polystyrenesulfonic acid).
  • Suitable copolymeric polycarboxylates are, in particular, those of acrylic acid with methacrylic acid and of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid with maleic acid. Copolymers of acrylic acid with maleic acid which contain 50 to 90% by weight of acrylic acid and 50 to 10% by weight of maleic acid have proven to be particularly suitable.
  • Their molecular weight relative to free acids is generally from 5,000 to 200,000, preferably from 10,000 to 120,000 and in particular from 50,000 to 100,000 (in each case measured against polystyrene sulfonic acid).
  • the (co) polymeric polycarboxylates can be used either as a powder or as an aqueous solution, with 20 to 55% by weight aqueous solutions being preferred.
  • Granular polymers are usually added later to one or more basic granules.
  • biodegradable polymers of more than two different monomer units for example those according to DE 4300772 A1 as monomers, salts of acrylic acid and maleic acid and vinyl alcohol or vinyl alcohol derivatives or according to the DE 4221381 C2 as monomers, salts of acrylic acid and 2-alkylallylsulfonic acid and sugar derivatives.
  • Other preferred copolymers are those described in the German patent applications DE 4303320 A1 and DE 4417734 A1 be described and as monomers preferably acrolein and acrylic acid / acrylic acid salts or acrolein and vinyl acetate.
  • polymeric aminodicarboxylic acids, their salts or their precursors Particular preference is given to polyaspartic acids or their salts and derivatives.
  • polyacetals which are prepared by reacting dialdehydes with polyolcarboxylic acids which have 5 to 7 C atoms and at least 3 hydroxyl groups, for example as in the European patent application EP 0280223 A1 described, can be obtained.
  • Preferred polyacetals are obtained from dialdehydes such as glyoxal, glutaraldehyde, terephthalaldehyde and mixtures thereof and from polyol carboxylic acids such as gluconic acid and / or glucoheptonic acid.
  • compositions may also contain components that positively affect oil and grease washability from fabrics.
  • the preferred oil and fat dissolving components include, for example, nonionic cellulose ethers such as methylcellulose and methylhydroxypropylcellulose with a proportion of methoxyl groups of 15 to 30 wt .-% and hydroxypropoxyl groups of 1 to 15 wt .-%, each based on the nonionic Cellulose ethers, as well as known from the prior art polymers of phthalic acid and / or terephthalic acid or derivatives thereof, in particular polymers of ethylene terephthalates and / or polyethylene glycol terephthalates or anionic and / or nonionic modified derivatives thereof. Particularly preferred of these are the sulfonated derivatives of phthalic and terephthalic acid polymers.
  • sodium perborate tetrahydrate and sodium perborate monohydrate are of particular importance.
  • Other useful bleaching agents are, for example, sodium percarbonate, peroxypyrophosphates, citrate perhydrates and H 2 O 2 -producing peracidic salts or peracids, such as perbenzoates, peroxophthalates, diperazelaic acid, phthaloiminoperacid or diperdodecanedioic acid.
  • the content of the bleaching agents is preferably from 5 to 35% by weight and in particular up to 30% by weight, it being advantageous to use perborate monohydrate or percarbonate.
  • bleach activators it is possible to use compounds which, under perhydrolysis conditions, give aliphatic peroxycarboxylic acids having preferably 1 to 10 C atoms, in particular 2 to 4 C atoms, and / or optionally substituted perbenzoic acid.
  • Suitable substances are those which carry O- and / or N-acyl groups of the stated C atom number and / or optionally substituted benzoyl groups.
  • polyacylated alkylenediamines in particular tetraacetylethylenediamine (TAED), acylated triazine derivatives, in particular 1,5-diacetyl-2,4-dioxohexahydro-1,3,5-triazine (DADHT), acylated glycolurils, in particular tetraacetylglycoluril (TAGU), N- acylimides, in particular N-nonanoylsuccinimide (NOSI), acylated phenolsulfonates, in particular n-nonanoyl or isononanoyloxybenzenesulfonate (n- or iso-NOBS), carboxylic anhydrides, in particular phthalic anhydride, acylated polyhydric alcohols, in particular triacetin, ethylene glycol diacetate, 2,5-diacetoxy-2, 5-dihydrofuran and from the German patent applications DE 1961
  • WO 94/28102 WO 94/28103 .
  • WO 95/00626 WO 95/14759 and WO 95/17498 are known.
  • the from the German patent application DE 19616769 A1 known hydrophilic substituted acyl acetals and in the German patent application DE 196 16 770 as well as the international patent application WO 95/14075 Acyllactame described are also preferably used.
  • Such bleach activators are contained in the customary amount range, preferably in amounts of from 1% by weight to 10% by weight, in particular from 2% by weight to 8% by weight, based on the total agent.
  • EP 0446982 B1 and EP 0453 003 B1 be known sulphonic imines and / or bleach-enhancing transition metal salts or transition metal complexes as so-called bleach catalysts.
  • candidate transition metal compounds include in particular from German patent application DE 19529905 A1 known manganese, iron, cobalt, ruthenium or molybdenum-salene complexes and their from the German patent application DE 19620267 A1 known N-analogues derived from the German patent application DE 19536082 A1 known manganese, iron, cobalt, ruthenium or molybdenum carbonyl complexes which are described in the German patent application DE 19605688 A1 described manganese, iron, cobalt, ruthenium, molybdenum, titanium, vanadium and copper complexes with nitrogen-containing tripod ligands, which from the German patent application DE 19620411 A1 known cobalt, iron, copper and ruthenium-amine complexes, which in the German patent application DE 4416438 A1 manganese, copper and cobalt complexes described in the European patent application EP 0272030 A1 Cobalt complexes described in the European patent application EP 0693550 A1 known manganese complexe
  • EP 0544490 A1 and EP 0544519 A1 described manganese complexes.
  • combinations from bleach activators and transition metal bleach catalysts are, for example, from the German patent application DE 19613103 A1 and the international patent application WO 95/27775 known.
  • Bleach-enhancing transition metal complexes in particular having the central atoms Mn, Fe, Co, Cu, Mo, V, Ti and / or Ru, are used in customary amounts, preferably in an amount of up to 1% by weight, in particular 0.0025% by weight. % to 0.25 wt .-% and particularly preferably from 0.01 wt .-% to 0.1 wt .-%, each based on the total agent used.
  • Suitable enzymes are, in particular, those from the class of the hydrolases, such as the proteases, esterases, lipases or lipolytic enzymes, amylases, cellulases or other glycosyl hydrolases and mixtures of the enzymes mentioned. All of these hydrolases in the wash contribute to the removal of stains such as proteinaceous, greasy or starchy stains, and graying. Cellulases and other glycosyl hydrolases can contribute to color retention and increase the softness of the fabric by removing pilling and microfibrils. It is also possible to use oxidoreductases for bleaching or inhibiting color transfer.
  • subtilisin-type proteases and in particular proteases derived from Bacillus lentus are used.
  • enzyme mixtures for example from protease and amylase or protease and lipase or lipolytic enzymes or protease and cellulase or from cellulase and lipase or lipolytic enzymes or from protease, amylase and lipase or lipolytic enzymes or protease, lipase or lipolytic enzymes and cellulase, but in particular protease and / or lipase-containing mixtures or mixtures with lipolytic enzymes of particular interest.
  • lipolytic enzymes are the known cutinases. Peroxidases or oxidases have also proved suitable in some cases.
  • Suitable amylases include in particular ⁇ -amylases, iso-amylases, pullulanases and pectinases.
  • As cellulases are preferably cellobiohydrolases, endoglucanases and ⁇ -glucosidases, which are also called cellobiases, or mixtures thereof used. Since the different cellulase types differ by their CMCase and avicelase activities, targeted mixtures of the cellulases can be used to set the desired activities.
  • the enzymes may in turn be adsorbed to carriers and / or embedded in encapsulants to protect them against premature degradation.
  • the proportion of enzymes, enzyme mixtures or enzyme granules may be, for example, about 0.1 to 5 wt .-%, preferably 0.1 to about 2 wt .-%.
  • the agents may contain other enzyme stabilizers.
  • enzyme stabilizers For example, 0.5 to 1 wt .-% sodium formate can be used.
  • proteases which are stabilized with soluble calcium salts and a calcium content of preferably about 1.2% by weight, based on the enzyme.
  • calcium salts magnesium salts also serve as stabilizers.
  • boron compounds such as boric acid, boron oxide, borax and other alkali metal borates such as the salts of orthoboric acid (H 3 BO 3 ), the metaboric acid (HBO 2 ) and the pyroboric acid (tetraboric H 2 B 4 O 7 ).
  • Grayness inhibitors have the task of keeping the dirt detached from the fiber suspended in the liquor and thus preventing the dirt from being rebuilt.
  • Water-soluble colloids of mostly organic nature are suitable for this purpose, for example the water-soluble salts of polymeric carboxylic acids, glue, gelatin, salts of ether carboxylic acids or ether sulfonic acids of starch or cellulose or salts of acidic sulfuric acid esters of cellulose or starch.
  • water-soluble polyamides containing acidic groups are suitable for this purpose.
  • soluble starch preparations and other than the above-mentioned starch products can be used, e.g. degraded starch, aldehyde levels, etc. Also polyvinylpyrrolidone is useful.
  • cellulose ethers such as carboxymethylcellulose (sodium salt), methylcellulose, hydroxyalkylcellulose and mixed ethers, such as methylhydroxyethylcellulose, methylhydroxypropylcellulose, methylcarboxymethylcellulose and mixtures thereof, and polyvinylpyrrolidone, for example, in amounts of from 0.1 to 5% by weight, based on the compositions, used.
  • the agents may contain as optical brighteners derivatives of Diaminostilbendisulfonklare or their alkali metal salts.
  • Suitable salts are, for example, salts of 4,4'-bis (2-anilino-4-morpholino-1,3,5-triazinyl-6-amino) stilbene-2,2'-disulphonic acid or compounds of similar construction which are used in place of the morpholino Group a Diethanolaminooeuvre, a methylamino group, an anilino group or a 2-Methoxyethylaminoxx carry.
  • brighteners of the substituted diphenylstyrene type may be present, for example the alkali metal salts of 4,4'-bis (2-sulfostyryl) -diphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-chloro-3-sulfostyryl) -diphenyl, or (4-chlorostyryl) -4 '- (2-sulfostyryl). Mixtures of the aforementioned brightener can be used.
  • Uniformly white granules are obtained when the means except the usual brighteners in conventional amounts, for example between 0.1 and 0.5 wt .-%, preferably between 0.1 and 0.3 wt .-%, even small amounts, for example 10 -6 to 10 -3 wt .-%, preferably by 10 -5 wt .-%, of a blue dye.
  • a particularly preferred dye is Tinolux® (commercial product of Ciba-Geigy).
  • waxy compounds can be used as defoamers.
  • "Waxy” is understood as meaning those compounds which have a melting point at atmospheric pressure above 25 ° C. (room temperature), preferably above 50 ° C. and in particular above 70 ° C.
  • the waxy defoamer substances are practically insoluble in water, i. at 20 ° C in 100 g of water they have a solubility below 0.1 wt .-%.
  • Suitable waxy compounds are, for example, bisamides, fatty alcohols, fatty acids, carboxylic esters of monohydric and polyhydric alcohols and paraffin waxes or mixtures thereof.
  • Suitable paraffin waxes generally represent a complex mixture without a sharp melting point. For characterization is usually determined its melting range by differential thermal analysis (DTA), as in “ The Analyst “87 (1962), 420 , described, and / or its solidification point. This is the temperature at which the paraffin passes from the liquid to the solid state by slow cooling. In this case, at room temperature completely liquid paraffins, that is those with a solidification point below 25 ° C, according to the invention not useful. Soft waxes having a melting point in the range of 35 to 50 ° C preferably include the group of petrolates and their hydrogenation products.
  • These petrolatum are mixtures of microcrystalline waxes and refractory n-paraffins.
  • EP 0309931 A1 known paraffin wax mixtures of, for example, 26 wt .-% to 49 wt .-% microcrystalline paraffin wax having a freezing point of 62 ° C to 90 ° C, 20 wt .-% to 49 wt .-% hard paraffin with a solidification point of 42 ° C to 56 ° C and 2 wt .-% to 25 wt .-% soft paraffin with a solidification point of 35 ° C to 40 ° C.
  • paraffins or paraffin mixtures are used which solidify in the range of 30 ° C to 90 ° C.
  • paraffin wax mixtures may contain different proportions of liquid paraffin.
  • this liquid fraction is as low as possible and is preferably completely absent.
  • particularly preferred paraffin wax mixtures at 30 ° C have a liquid content of less than 10 wt .-%, in particular from 2 wt .-% to 5 wt .-%, at 40 ° C, a liquid content of less than 30 wt .-%, preferably from 5 Wt .-% to 25 wt .-% and in particular from 5 wt .-% to 15 wt .-%, at 60 ° C, a liquid content of 30 wt .-% to 60 wt .-%, in particular of 40 wt .-%.
  • the temperature at which a liquid content of 100% by weight of the paraffin wax is reached is, in the case of particularly preferred paraffin wax mixtures, still below 85 ° C., in particular at 75 ° C. to 82 ° C.
  • the paraffin waxes may be petrolatum, microcrystalline waxes or hydrogenated or partially hydrogenated paraffin waxes.
  • Suitable bisamides as defoamers are those which are derived from saturated fatty acids containing 12 to 22, preferably 14 to 18, carbon atoms and alkylenediamines having 2 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • Suitable fatty acids are lauric, myristic, stearic, arachic and behenic acid and mixtures thereof, such as those obtainable from natural fats or hardened oils, such as tallow or hydrogenated palm oil.
  • Suitable diamines are, for example, ethylenediamine, 1,3-propylenediamine, tetramethylenediamine, pentamethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine and toluenediamine.
  • Preferred diamines are ethylenediamine and hexamethylenediamine.
  • Particularly preferred bisamides are bis-myristoylethylenediamine, bispalmitoylethylenediamine, bisstearoylethylenediamine and mixtures thereof and the corresponding derivatives of hexamethylenediamine
  • Suitable carboxylic esters as defoamers are derived from carboxylic acids having 12 to 28 carbon atoms. In particular, they are esters of behenic acid, stearic acid, hydroxystearic acid, oleic acid, palmitic acid, myristic acid and / or lauric acid.
  • the alcohol portion of the carboxylic acid ester contains a monohydric or polyhydric alcohol having 1 to 28 carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon chain.
  • suitable alcohols are behenyl alcohol, arachidyl alcohol, coconut oil, 12-hydroxystearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol and lauryl alcohol and also ethylene glycol, glycerol, polyvinyl alcohol, sucrose, erythritol, pentaerythritol, sorbitan and / or sorbitol.
  • Preferred esters are those of ethylene glycol, glycerol and sorbitan, wherein the acid portion of the ester is selected in particular from behenic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, palmitic acid or myristic acid.
  • Suitable esters of polyhydric alcohols are, for example, xylitol monopalmitate, pentarythritol monostearate, glycerol monostearate, ethylene glycol monostearate and sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan palmitate, sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan dilaurate, sorbitan distearate, sorbitan dibehenate, sorbitan dioleate and mixed tallow alkyl sorbitan mono- and diesters.
  • Useful glycerol esters are the mono-, di- or triesters of glycerol and said carboxylic acids, the mono- or diesters being preferred.
  • Glycerol monostearate, glycerol monooleate, glycerol monopalmitate, glycerol monobehenate and glyceryl distearate are examples of this.
  • suitable natural esters as defoamers are beeswax, which consists mainly of the esters CH 3 (CH 2 ) 24 COO (CH 2 ) 27 CH 3 and CH 3 (CH 2 ) 26 COO (CH 2 ) 25 CH 3
  • carnauba wax which is a mixture of carnaubaic acid alkyl esters, often in combination with low levels of free carnaubaic acid, other long chain acids, high molecular weight alcohols and hydrocarbons.
  • Suitable carboxylic acids as further defoamer compound are, in particular, behenic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, palmitic acid, myristic acid and lauric acid, and mixtures thereof, which are obtainable from natural fats or optionally hardened oils, such as tallow or hydrogenated palm oil.
  • Preferred are saturated fatty acids having 12 to 22, in particular 18 to 22 C-atoms. In the same way, the corresponding fatty alcohols of the same C chain length can be used.
  • dialkyl ethers may additionally be present as defoamers.
  • the ethers may be asymmetric or symmetric, i. contain two identical or different alkyl chains, preferably having 8 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • Typical examples are di-n-octyl ether, di-octyl ether and di-n-stearyl ether, particularly suitable are dialkyl ethers having a melting point above 25 ° C, in particular above 40 ° C.
  • Suitable defoamer compounds are fatty ketones, which can be obtained by the relevant methods of preparative organic chemistry. For their preparation, one starts, for example, from carboxylic acid magnesium salts, which are pyrolyzed at temperatures above 300 ° C with elimination of carbon dioxide and water, for example according to the German Offenlegungsschrift DE 2553900 OS.
  • Suitable fatty ketones are those prepared by pyrolysis of the magnesium salts of lauric, myristic, palmitic, palmitoleic, stearic, oleic, elaidic, petroselic, arachidic, gadoleic, behenic or erucic acid.
  • fatty acid polyethylene glycol esters which are preferably obtained by basic homogeneously catalyzed addition of ethylene oxide to fatty acids.
  • the addition of ethylene oxide to the fatty acids takes place in the presence of alkanolamines as catalysts.
  • alkanolamines especially triethanolamine, results in extremely selective ethoxylation of the fatty acids, especially when it comes to producing low ethoxylated compounds.
  • the paraffin waxes described are particularly preferably used alone as waxy defoamers or in mixtures with one of the other waxy defoamers, wherein the proportion of paraffin waxes in the mixture is preferably more than 50% by weight, based on waxy defoamer mixture.
  • the paraffin waxes can be applied to carriers as needed.
  • carrier material all known inorganic and / or organic carrier materials are suitable. Examples of typical inorganic carrier materials are alkali metal carbonates, aluminosilicates, water-soluble phyllosilicates, alkali metal silicates, alkali metal sulphates, for example sodium sulphate, and alkali metal phosphates.
  • the alkali metal silicates are preferably a compound having a molar ratio of alkali metal oxide to SiO 2 of from 1: 1.5 to 1: 3.5.
  • the use of such silicates results in particularly good Komeigenschaften, in particular high abrasion stability and yet high dissolution rate in water.
  • the aluminosilicates referred to as support material include, in particular, the zeolites, for example zeolite NaA and NaX.
  • the compounds referred to as water-soluble layered silicates include, for example, amorphous or crystalline water glass.
  • silicates can be used, which are under the name Aerosil® or Sipernat® commercially.
  • Suitable organic support materials are, for example, film-forming polymers, for example polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinylpyrrolidones, poly (meth) acrylates, polycarboxylates, cellulose derivatives and starch.
  • Useful cellulose ethers are, in particular, alkali metal carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose and so-called cellulose mixed ethers, such as, for example, methylhydroxyethylcellulose and methylhydroxypropylcellulose, and mixtures thereof.
  • Particularly suitable mixtures are composed of sodium carboxymethylcellulose and methylcellulose, wherein the carboxymethylcellulose usually has a degree of substitution of 0.5 to 0.8 carboxymethyl groups per anhydroglucose unit and the methylcellulose has a degree of substitution of 1.2 to 2 methyl groups per anhydroglucose unit.
  • the mixtures preferably contain alkali metal carboxymethylcellulose and nonionic cellulose ethers in weight ratios of from 80:20 to 40:60, in particular from 75:25 to 50:50.
  • Native starch composed of amylose and amylopectin is also suitable as the carrier. Native starch is starch, as it is available as an extract from natural sources, such as rice, potatoes, corn and wheat. Native starch is a commercial product and thus easily accessible.
  • one or more of the abovementioned compounds can be used, in particular selected from the group of alkali metal carbonates, alkali metal sulphates, alkali metal phosphates, zeolites, water-soluble phyllosilicates, alkali silicates, polycarboxylates, cellulose ethers, polyacrylate / polymethacrylate and starch.
  • Particularly suitable are mixtures of alkali metal carbonates, in particular sodium carbonate, alkali metal silicates, in particular sodium silicate, alkali metal sulphates, in particular sodium sulphate and zeolites.
  • Suitable silicones are customary organopolysiloxanes which may have a finely divided silica content, which in turn may also be silanated. Such organopolysiloxanes are for example in the European patent application EP 0496510 A1 described. Particularly preferred are polydiorganosiloxanes and especially polydimethylsiloxanes known in the art. Suitable polydiorganosiloxanes have a nearly linear chain and have a degree of oligomerization of 40 to 1500. Examples of suitable substituents are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isobutyl, tert. Butyl and phenyl.
  • silicones which may be both liquid and resinous at room temperature.
  • simethicones which are mixtures of dimethicones having an average chain length of from 200 to 300 dimethylsiloxane units and hydrogenated silicates.
  • the silicones in general and the polydiorganosiloxanes in particular contain finely divided silica, which may also be silanated.
  • siliceous dimethyl polysiloxanes are particularly suitable for the purposes of the present invention.
  • the polydiorganosiloxanes have a Brookfield viscosity at 25 ° C (spindle 1, 10 rpm) in the range from 5000 mPas to 30,000 mPas, in particular from 15,000 to 25,000 mPas.
  • the silicones are used in the form of their aqueous emulsions.
  • the silicone is added to the initially charged water with stirring.
  • thickening agents known in the art may be added to increase the viscosity of the aqueous silicone emulsions.
  • nonionic cellulose ethers such as methylcellulose, ethylcellulose and mixed ethers such as methylhydoxyethylcellulose, methylhydroxypropylcellulose, methylhydroxybutylcellulose and anionic carboxycellulose types such as the carboxymethylcellulose sodium salt (abbreviation CMC).
  • Particularly suitable thickeners are mixtures of CMC to nonionic cellulose ethers in a weight ratio of 80:20 to 40:60, in particular 75:25 to 60:40.
  • concentrations of approximately 0.5 to 10, in particular from 2.0 to 6 wt .-% - calculated as a thickener mixture and based on aqueous silicone emulsion use concentrations of approximately 0.5 to 10, in particular from 2.0 to 6 wt .-% - calculated as a thickener mixture and based on aqueous silicone emulsion.
  • the content of silicones of the type described in the aqueous emulsions is advantageously in the range of 5 to 50 wt .-%, in particular from 20 to 40 wt .-% - calculated as silicones and based on aqueous silicone emulsion.
  • the aqueous silicone solutions as thickener starch which is accessible from natural sources, such as rice, potatoes, corn and wheat.
  • the starch is advantageously present in amounts of from 0.1 to 50% by weight, based on the silicone emulsion, and in particular in a mixture with the already described thickener mixtures of sodium carboxymethylcellulose and a nonionic cellulose ether in the quantities already mentioned.
  • aqueous silicone emulsions it is expedient to proceed in such a way that the optionally present Pre-thicken the thickener in water before adding the silicones.
  • the incorporation of the silicones is expediently carried out with the aid of effective stirring and mixing devices.
  • the solid agents may further contain disintegrants or disintegrants. These are substances which are added to the shaped bodies in order to accelerate their decomposition upon contact with water. Overviews can be found eg in J. Pharm. 61 (1972 ) Römpp Chemilexikon, 9th Edition, Volume 6, p. 4440 as well as and Voigt "textbook of pharmaceutical technology” (6th edition, 1987, pp. 182-184 ). These substances increase their volume upon ingress of water, whereby on the one hand the intrinsic volume increases (swelling), on the other hand a pressure can be generated by the release of gases which causes the tablet to disintegrate into smaller particles. Well-known disintegration aids are, for example, carbonate / citric acid systems, although other organic acids can also be used.
  • Swelling disintegration aids are, for example, synthetic polymers such as optionally crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) or natural polymers or modified natural substances such as cellulose and starch and their derivatives, alginates or casein derivatives.
  • Disintegrating agents based on cellulose are used as preferred disintegrating agents in the context of the present invention. Pure cellulose has the formal gross composition (C 6 H 10 O 5 ) n and is formally a ⁇ -1,4-polyacetal of cellobiose, which in turn is composed of two molecules of glucose. Suitable celluloses consist of about 500 to 5000 glucose units and therefore have average molecular weights of 50,000 to 500,000.
  • Cellulose-based disintegrating agents which can be used in the context of the present invention are also cellulose derivatives obtainable by polymer-analogous reactions of cellulose.
  • Such chemically modified celluloses include, for example, products of esterifications or etherifications in which hydroxy hydrogen atoms have been substituted.
  • celluloses in which the hydroxyl groups have been replaced by functional groups which are not bonded via an oxygen atom can also be used as cellulose derivatives.
  • the group of cellulose derivatives includes, for example, alkali metal celluloses, carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), cellulose esters and ethers, and aminocelluloses.
  • the said cellulose derivatives are preferably not used alone as disintegrating agents based on cellulose, but used in admixture with cellulose.
  • the content of these mixtures of cellulose derivatives is preferably below 50% by weight, particularly preferably below 20% by weight, based on the cellulose-based disintegrating agent. It is particularly preferred to use cellulose-based disintegrating agent which is free of cellulose derivatives.
  • cellulose-based disintegrating agent which is free of cellulose derivatives.
  • microcrystalline cellulose can be used as a further disintegrating agent based on cellulose or as a component of this component. This microcrystalline cellulose is obtained by partial hydrolysis of celluloses under conditions which attack and completely dissolve only the amorphous regions (about 30% of the total cellulose mass) of the celluloses, the crystalline regions (ca. 70%) but leave undamaged.
  • microcrystalline celluloses which have primary particle sizes of about 5 ⁇ m and can be compacted, for example, into granules having an average particle size of 200 ⁇ m.
  • the disintegrating agents can be homogeneously distributed macroscopically in the molded body, but microscopically they form zones of increased concentration due to their production.
  • Disintegrating agents which may be present within the meaning of the invention, such as Kollidon, alginic acid and their alkali metal salts, amorphous or partially crystalline layered silicates (bentonites), polyacrylates, polyethylene glycols are, for example, the publications WO 98/40462 (Rettenmaier ) WO 98/55583 and WO 98/55590 (Unilever ) and WO 98/40463 . DE 19709991 and DE 19710254 (Henkel ) refer to. The teaching of these documents is expressly incorporated by reference.
  • the moldings may contain the disintegrants in amounts of 0.1 to 25, preferably 1 to 20 and in particular 5 to 15 wt .-% - based on the moldings.
  • fragrance compounds e.g. the synthetic products of the ester, ether, aldehyde, ketone, alcohol and hydrocarbon type are used.
  • Fragrance compounds of the ester type are known e.g. Benzyl acetate, phenoxyethyl isobutyrate, p-tert-butylcyclohexyl acetate, linalyl acetate, dimethylbenzylcarbinylacetate, phenylethylacetate, linalylbenzoate, benzylformate, ethylmethylphenylglycinate, allylcyclohexylpropionate, styrallylpropionate and benzylsalicylate.
  • the ethers include, for example, benzyl ethyl ether, to the aldehydes e.g. the linear alkanals having 8-18 C atoms, citral, citronellal, citronellyloxyacetaldehyde, cyclamen aldehyde, hydroxycitronellal, lilial and bourgeonal, to the ketones e.g.
  • the hydrocarbons mainly include the terpenes such as limonene and pinene.
  • terpenes such as limonene and pinene.
  • fragrances are used, which together produce an attractive fragrance.
  • perfume oils may also contain natural fragrance mixtures such as are available from vegetable sources, e.g. Pine, Citrus, Jasmine, Patchouly, Rose or Ylang-Ylang oil.
  • the fragrances can be incorporated directly into the compositions of the invention, but it may also be advantageous to apply the fragrances on carriers, which enhance the adhesion of the perfume on the laundry and provide a slower fragrance release for long-lasting fragrance of the textiles.
  • carrier materials for example, cyclodextrins have proven useful, wherein the cyclodextrin-perfume complexes can additionally be coated with other auxiliaries.
  • compositions are water-soluble inorganic salts such as bicarbonates, carbonates, amorphous silicates, normal water glasses which do not have outstanding builder properties, or mixtures of these;
  • alkali metal carbonate and / or amorphous alkali silicate especially sodium silicate with a molar ratio of Na 2 O: SiO 2 of 1: 1 to 1: 4.5, preferably from 1: 2 to 1: 3.5, are used.
  • the content of sodium carbonate in the final preparations is preferably up to 40 wt .-%, advantageously between 2 and 35 wt .-%.
  • the content of sodium silicate (without any special builder properties) is generally up to 10% by weight and preferably between 1 and 8% by weight.
  • Sodium sulfate in amounts of from 0 to 10, in particular from 1 to 5,% by weight, based on the composition, can furthermore be contained as fillers or leveling agents
  • the solid compositions according to the invention may, due to their production, have a residual moisture content of not more than 25, preferably not more than 10, and in particular not more than 8 and very particularly preferably less than 5% by weight.
  • the water content of the zeolites is not included.
  • such agents are used which contain 6 to 75, preferably 10 to 40 wt .-% of nonionic surfactants and 25 to 94, preferably 50 to 80 wt .-% of inorganic or organic carriers, with the proviso that the amounts are with the polymers, optionally further surfactants, other auxiliaries and additives and optionally with water and to 100 wt .-% complete.
  • the hydroxymethylene ether solid compositions according to the invention in combination with polymers on supports fulfill the desired complex profile of requirements to full satisfaction.
  • these surfactants can be processed with inorganic or organic carriers with little effort to solids that do not gel, but have the desired delayed solubility kinetics.
  • the solid agents for example in the form of granules, it is possible in particular to formulate powders or else tablets with a simultaneous rinse effect.
  • cleaners or regeneration agents for the ion exchanger so-called "3 in 1" systems can be realized.
  • the solid means can also be used for the conventional cleaning of hard surfaces and for the production of detergents.
  • the invention includes the recognition that the use of the agents according to the invention is not only particularly good Provides clear drying effects, but also provides the best results in terms of foam attenuation, especially in the presence of proteins and temperature stability.
  • the invention further relates to a process for the preparation of the solid compositions according to the invention as a precompound in detergents, dishwashing detergents and dishwashing detergents, preferably dishwashing detergents, characterized in that hydroxy mixed ethers of the formula (I) and polymers, optionally further surfactants and optionally further auxiliary agents are used. and applying additives to inorganic or organic carriers.
  • the preparation can be carried out in such a way that there is an intimate mixing of hydroxy mixed ethers, polymers, optionally other surfactants and auxiliaries and additives with carriers. It is further preferred that only the surface of the support is coated with hydroxy mixed ethers, polymers, optionally further surfactants and auxiliaries and additives.
  • the agents are preferably prepared by mixing and agglomerating the hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers, and optionally further surfactants and the carriers, as well as optionally the further additives.
  • the solid agents can be prepared in a preferred embodiment by mixing the components in the ploughshare, Lödige or Eirichmischer.
  • aqueous preparations of the carrier for example of the alkali metal silicate or of the alkali metal carbonate, are sprayed together with other remaining components in a drying device, wherein granulation can take place simultaneously with the drying.
  • the drying device in which the aqueous preparation is sprayed, may be any dry equipment.
  • the drying is carried out as spray drying in a drying tower.
  • the aqueous preparations are exposed in a known manner a drying gas stream in finely divided form.
  • Patent publications by Henkel describe an embodiment of spray drying with superheated steam. The working principle disclosed therein is hereby expressly also made the subject of the present invention disclosure.
  • a particularly preferred way to prepare the means is to subject the precursors to fluidized bed granulation ("SKET" granulation).
  • SKET fluidized bed granulation
  • the precursors can be used both in the dried state and as an aqueous preparation.
  • Preferably used fluidized bed apparatus have bottom plates with dimensions of 0.4 to 5 m.
  • the granulation is carried out at fluidized air velocities in the range of 1 to 8 m / s.
  • the discharge of the granules from the fluidized bed is preferably carried out via a size classification of the granules.
  • the classification can be carried out, for example, by means of a sieve device or by a countercurrent air stream (classifier air), which is regulated in such a way that only particles above a certain particle size are removed from the fluidized bed and smaller particles are retained in the fluidized bed.
  • the incoming air is composed of the heated or unheated classifier air and the heated bottom air.
  • the soil air temperature is between 80 and 400, preferably 90 and 350 and in particular less than 70 ° C.
  • a starting material for example a granulate from a previous experimental batch, is initially introduced at the beginning of the granulation.
  • the mixtures are subsequently subjected to a compaction step, with further ingredients being added to the compositions only after the compaction step.
  • the compaction of the ingredients takes place in a preferred embodiment of the invention in a press-agglomeration process.
  • the press agglomeration process to which the solid premix (dried base detergent) is subjected, can be realized in various apparatuses. Depending on the type of agglomerator used, different press agglomeration processes are distinguished.
  • the four most common and in the present invention preferred press agglomeration processes are the extrusion, the roll pressing or compaction, the hole pressing (pelletizing) and tableting, so that in the present invention preferred press agglomeration processes extrusion, Walzenkompakt réelles-, pelletizing or Tabletting operations are.
  • the premix is compressed under pressure and plasticized and the individual particles are pressed together while reducing the porosity and adhere to each other.
  • the tools can be heated to higher temperatures or cooled to dissipate the heat generated by shearing forces.
  • one or more binders can be used as an aid for compaction.
  • a binder is used which is completely present as a melt at temperatures up to a maximum of 130 ° C., preferably up to a maximum of 100 ° C. and in particular up to 90 ° C.
  • the binder must therefore be selected depending on the process and process conditions or the process conditions, in particular the process temperature must - if a particular binder is desired - be adapted to the binder.
  • the actual compression process is preferably carried out at processing temperatures which correspond at least in the compression step at least the temperature of the softening point, if not even the temperature of the melting point of the binder.
  • the process temperature is significantly above the melting point or above the temperature at which the binder is present as a melt.
  • the process temperature in the compression step is not more than 20 ° C above the melting temperature or the upper limit of the melting range of the binder.
  • Such a temperature control has the further advantage that even thermally sensitive raw materials, for example peroxy bleaches such as perborate and / or percarbonate, but also enzymes, can increasingly be processed without serious losses of active substance.
  • the possibility of precise temperature control of the binder in particular in the decisive step of the compression, ie between the mixing / homogenization of the premix and the shaping, allows an energetically very favorable and extremely gentle for the temperature-sensitive components of the premix process, since the premix for a short time the is exposed to higher temperatures.
  • the working tools of the press agglomerator (the screw (s) of the extruder, the roller (s) of the roll compactor and the press roll (s) of the pellet press) have a maximum temperature of 150 ° C., preferably not more than 100 ° C. and in particular not more than 75 ° C and the process temperature is 30 ° C and in particular at most 20 ° C above the melting temperature or the upper temperature limit of the melting range of the binder.
  • the duration of the effect of temperature in the compression region of the pressing agglomerators is a maximum of 2 minutes and is in particular in a range between 30 seconds and 1 minute.
  • Preferred binders which can be used alone or in admixture with other binders are polyethylene glycols, 1,2-polypropylene glycols and modified polyethylene glycols and polypropylene glycols. Particularly preferred are combinations of polyethylene glycols with nonionic surfactants, especially of the fatty alcohol polyglycol ether type.
  • the modified polyalkylene glycols include, in particular, the sulfates and / or the disulfates of polyethylene glycols or polypropylene glycols having a molecular weight between 600 and 12,000 and in particular between 1,000 and 4,000.
  • polyethylene glycols include those polymers which, in addition to ethylene glycol, also produce C 3 -C 5 glycols and also glycerol and mixtures from these can be used as starting molecules. Also included are ethoxylated derivatives such as trimethylolpropane having 5 to 30 EO.
  • the polyethylene glycols preferably used may have a linear or branched structure, with particular preference being given to linear polyethylene glycols.
  • Particularly preferred polyethylene glycols include those having molecular weights between 2,000 and 12,000, advantageously about 4,000, wherein polyethylene glycols having molecular weights below 3,500 and above 5,000, in particular in combination with polyethylene glycols having a molecular weight of about 4,000 can be used and Such combinations advantageously have more than 50% by weight, based on the total amount of polyethylene glycols, of polyethylene glycols having a molecular weight between 3,500 and 5,000.
  • polyethylene glycols which are present in liquid state at room temperature and a pressure of 1 bar can also be used as binders; Here is mainly of polyethylene glycol with a molecular weight of 200, 400 and 600 the speech.
  • these liquid per se polyethylene glycols should be used only in a mixture with at least one other binder, said mixture must meet the requirements of the invention again, ie must have a melting point or softening point of at least above 45 ° C.
  • suitable as binders are low molecular weight polyvinylpyrrolidones and derivatives of these having molecular weights of not more than 30,000. Preference is given here to molecular weight ranges between 3,000 and 30,000, for example around 10,000.
  • Polyvinylpyrrolidones are preferably not used as sole binders but in combination with others. especially in combination with polyethylene glycols used.
  • the compacted material preferably has temperatures not exceeding 90 ° C. directly after leaving the production apparatus, temperatures between 35 and 85 ° C. being particularly preferred. It has been found that outlet temperatures - especially in the extrusion process - from 40 to 80 ° C, for example up to 70 ° C, are particularly advantageous.
  • the agent according to the invention is produced by means of an extrusion, as used, for example, in US Pat European Patent EP 0486592 B1 or the international patent applications WO 93/02176 and WO 94/09111 respectively.
  • WO 98/12299 to be discribed In this case, a solid premix is extruded under pressure strand and cut the strand after exiting the hole shape by means of a cutting device to the predeterminable granule dimension.
  • the homogeneous and solid premix contains a plasticizer and / or lubricant which causes the premix to be plastically softened and extrudable under the pressure of specific work.
  • Preferred plasticizing and / or Lubricants are surfactants and / or polymers.
  • the pre-mixture is preferably supplied to a planetary roller extruder or a 2-screw extruder with co-rotating or counter-rotating screw guide, whose housing and its extruder granulating head can be heated to the predetermined extrusion temperature.
  • the premix under pressure which is preferably at least 25 bar, at extremely high throughputs depending on the apparatus used but also may be below, compacted, plasticized, extruded in the form of fine strands through the hole die plate in the extruder head and finally
  • the extrudate is reduced by means of a rotating doctor blade to approximately spherical to cylindrical granules.
  • the hole diameter of the hole nozzle plate and the strand cut length are matched to the selected granule dimension.
  • the production of granules succeeds a substantially uniformly predictable particle size, wherein in detail the absolute particle sizes can be adapted to the intended use. In general, particle diameters of at most 0.8 cm are preferred.
  • Important embodiments provide for the production of uniform granules in the millimeter range, for example in the range of 0.5 to 5 mm and in particular in the range of about 0.8 to 3 mm.
  • the length / diameter ratio of the chopped primary granules is preferably in the range from about 1: 1 to about 3: 1. It is furthermore preferred to supply the still plastic primary granulate to a further shaping processing step; At the same time, edges present on the raw extrudate are rounded, so that ultimately spherical to approximately spherical extrudate grains can be obtained.
  • small amounts of dry powder for example, zeolite powder, such as zeolite NaA powder, may be included in this stage. This shaping can be done in commercially available Rondierettin.
  • extrusions can also be carried out in low-pressure extruders, in the Kahl press (Amandus Kahl) or in the Bexx Bextruder.
  • the temperature control in the transition region of the screw, the predistributor and the nozzle plate is designed such that the melting temperature of the binder or the upper limit of the melting range of the binder is at least achieved, but preferably exceeded.
  • the duration of the influence of temperature is in. Compression range of extrusion preferably below 2 minutes and more preferably in a range between 30 seconds and 1 minute.
  • the solid preparations according to the invention can also be prepared by means of roll compaction.
  • the premix is selectively metered between two smooth or provided with wells of defined shape rollers and rolled between the two rollers under pressure to form a sheet-like Kompaktat, the so-called scoop.
  • the rollers exert a high line pressure on the premix and can be additionally heated or cooled as required.
  • smooth rolls smooth, unstructured flake tapes are obtained, while by using structured rolls, correspondingly structured flakes can be produced in which, for example, certain shapes of the later detergent particles can be specified.
  • the sling strip is subsequently broken by a tee and crushing process into smaller pieces and can be processed in this way to granules, which can be refined by further known per se surface treatment method, in particular brought into approximately spherical shape.
  • the temperature of the pressing tools, ie the rolls is preferably not more than 150 ° C., preferably not more than 100 ° C. and in particular not more than 75 ° C.
  • Particularly preferred production processes work in the case of roll compaction with process temperatures which are 10 ° C., in particular at most 5 ° C. above the melting temperature or the upper temperature limit of the melting range of the binder.
  • the duration of the action of temperature in the compression region of the smooth rolls or rolls provided with depressions of defined shape amounts to a maximum of 2 minutes and is in particular in a range between 30 seconds and 1 minute.
  • the agent according to the invention can also be prepared by means of pelleting.
  • the premix is applied to a perforated surface and pressed by means of a pressure-emitting body under plasticization through the holes.
  • the premix is compacted under pressure, plasticized, pressed by means of a rotating roller in the form of fine strands through a perforated surface and finally comminuted with a knock-off device to granules.
  • pressure roller and perforated die conceivable.
  • flat perforated plates are used as well as concave or convex ring matrices, through which the material is pressed through one or more pressure rollers.
  • the press rollers may also be conically shaped in the plate devices, in the annular devices can matrices and press roll (s) have co-rotating or opposite sense of rotation.
  • An apparatus suitable for carrying out the method is described, for example, in German Offenlegungsschrift DE 3816842 A1 described.
  • the ring matrix press disclosed in this document consists of a rotating ring die interspersed by press channels and at least one press roller operatively connected to its inner surface, which presses the material supplied to the die space through the press channels into a material discharge.
  • ring matrix and press roller are driven in the same direction, whereby a reduced shear stress and thus lower temperature increase of the premix can be realized.
  • the temperature of the pressing tools ie the pressure rollers or press rollers, is preferably not more than 150 ° C., preferably not more than 100 ° C. and in particular not more than 75 ° C.
  • Particularly preferred production processes work in the case of roll compaction with process temperatures which are 10 ° C., in particular at most 5 ° C. above the melting temperature or the upper temperature limit of the melting range of the binder.
  • the preparation of the solid preparations according to the invention as shaped articles, preferably those in tablet form, is generally carried out by tabletting or press agglomeration.
  • the resulting particulate press agglomerates can be used either directly as detergents, dishwashing detergents or cleaning agents or aftertreated and / or prepared by conventional methods beforehand.
  • the usual post-treatments include, for example, powdering with finely divided ingredients of detergents or cleaners, whereby the bulk density is generally further increased.
  • a preferred aftertreatment is also the procedure according to the German patent applications DE 19524287 A1 and DE 19547457 A1 in which dust-like or at least finely divided ingredients (the so-called fines) are adhered to the particulate finished products according to the invention, which serve as Kem, and thus arise means which have these so-called fines as an outer shell.
  • this is again done by melt agglomeration.
  • melt agglomeration of the fines on is expressly to the disclosure in the German patent applications DE 19524287 A1 and DE 19547457 A1 directed.
  • the solid detergents are in tablet form, these tablets preferably having rounded corners and edges, in particular for storage and transport reasons.
  • the base of these tablets may, for example, be circular or rectangular.
  • Multi-layer tablets especially tablets with 2 or 3 layers, which may also be different in color, are especially preferred. Blue-white or green-white or blue-green-white tablets are particularly preferred. The tablets can also do this Contain pressed and unpressed portions. Moldings having a particularly advantageous dissolution rate are obtained when the granular constituents before pressing have a proportion of particles which have a diameter outside the range from 0.02 to 6 mm of less than 20, preferably less than 10% by weight. A particle size distribution in the range from 0.05 to 2.0 and particularly preferably from 0.2 to 1.0 mm is preferred.
  • aqueous Na-silicate solution, aqueous polymer solution or wax melts and their mixture are sprayed onto the granules produced, and the water is then dried off, thus providing the granules with an outer shell (coating).
  • silicate, wax and polymer solution are to be understood and calculated as carrier material.
  • Another object of the invention relates to the use of the solid compositions as a precompound for the preparation of detergents, dishwashing detergents and cleaning compositions, preferably of automatic dishwasher detergents, characterized in that the solid compositions in amounts of 2 to 80, preferably 7 to 60 and in particular 20 to 50 wt .-% - based on the final preparations - are included.
  • Comparative example 270 g of HME (Dehypon KE 3557®, Cognis) were added to 730 g of STPP in a Lödigemischer at 2000 rev / min and RT within a min. With a temp of 50 ° C and mixed for one min. It was obtained a free-flowing granules.
  • HME hydroxy mixed ether
  • APG alkyl polyglucoside
  • FAS fatty alcohol sulfate
  • STTP sodium tripolyphosphate
  • RT room temperature
  • Formulation I and II contains the solid compositions according to the invention in the form of a pre-compound and further formulation components.
  • V1 describes a comparison formulation containing the same proportions of hydroxy mixed ether and polymer. However, these were not pre-formulated as fixed funds.
  • Example I and Comparative Example C1 The content of hydroxy mixed ethers (HME) and polymer in Example I and Comparative Example C1 was in each case 11.9 g of HME and 0.66 g of polymer, but in Example II only 8.1 g of HME and 0.45 g of polymer. It can be seen that using the solid compositions according to the invention, even with a lower content of nonionic surfactant and polymer, the same clear-drying effect is achieved, whereas in the case of equal weight. Content of HME and polymer prove to be superior to formulation 1 with the solid agents (44%) according to the invention.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Detergent Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

A solid agent comprising a mixed hydroxyether (a), optionally surfactant and polymer (b), and optionally typical additives and adjuvants for washing, rinsing, and cleaning (c) and a carrier (d), where the ratio (a+b+c):d = 1:40 is new. <??>A solid agent comprising a mixed hydroxyether (a), optionally surfactant and polymer (b), and optionally typical additives and adjuvants for washing, rinsing, and cleaning (c) and a carrier (d), where the ratio (a+b+c):d = 1:40 is new. <??>The mixed hydroxyether has the formula (I): <??>where <??>R<1> = linear or branched 2-8C alkyl, <??>R<2> = H, linear or branched 2018C alkyl, <??>R<3> = linear or branched alkyl and/or 1-22C alkenyl, n and n21 = 0 or 1-60 and m = 0 or 0.5-5, with the proviso that the sum of the C atoms in R<1> and R<2> is at least 6 and the sum (n+m+n2) = zero. <??>An Independent claim is included for the preparation of the solid agent as a pre-compound in washing, rinsing, and cleaning agents, where the mixed hydroxyether of formula (I), the polymer, and the surfactant and additives and adjuvants are coated onto an inorganic or organic carrier.

Description

Gebiet der ErfindungField of the invention

Die Erfindung betrifft feste Mittel mit einem Gehalt an Hydroxymischethern und gegebenenfalls weiteren Tensiden, Polymeren und anorganischen oder organischen Trägern, ein Verfahren zu deren Herstellung sowie die Verwendung der festen Mittel als Vorcompound zur Herstellung von Wasch-, Spül- und Reinigungsmitteln.The invention relates to solid compositions containing hydroxy mixed ethers and optionally other surfactants, polymers and inorganic or organic carriers, a process for their preparation and the use of solid agents as a precompound for the production of detergents, dishwashing detergents and cleaning agents.

Stand der TechnikState of the art

An maschinell gespültes Geschirr werden heute hohe Anforderungen gestellt. So wird auch ein von Speiseresten völlig gereinigtes Geschirr dann als nicht einwandfrei bewertet, wenn es nach den maschinellen Geschirrspülen noch weißliche, auf Wasserhärte oder anderen mineralischen Salzen beruhende Flecken aufweist, die mangels Netzmittel aus eingetrockneten Wassertropfen stammen. Um glanzklares und fleckenloses Geschirr zu erhalten, setzt man daher Klarspüler ein. Der Zusatz von flüssigem oder festem Klarspüler, der separat zugegeben werden kann oder bereits in gebrauchsfertiger Darreichungsform mit dem Reinigungsmittel und/oder Regeneriersalz zusammen ("2 in 1", "3 in 1", z.B. in Form von Tabletten oder Pulvern) vorliegt, sorgt dafür, dass das Wasser möglichst vollständig vom Spülgut abläuft, sodass die unterschiedlichen Oberflächen am Ende des Spülprogramms rückstandsfrei und glänzend sind.On machine-washed dishes today high demands are made. Thus, even a completely cleaned of leftovers utensils is then rated as not flawless if it still has whitish, based on water hardness or other mineral salts stains that are due to the lack of wetting agent from dried water droplets after machine dishwashing. To obtain glossy and spotless dishes, you therefore use rinse aid. The addition of liquid or solid rinse aid, which can be added separately or already in ready-to-use form with the detergent and / or regenerating salt together ("2 in 1", "3 in 1", eg in the form of tablets or powders), provides ensure that the water runs as completely as possible from the items to be washed, so that the different surfaces at the end of the washing program are residue-free and shiny.

Marktübliche Klarspülmittel stellen Gemische z.B. aus nichtionischen Tensiden, Lösungsvermittlern, organische Säuren und Lösungsmitteln, Wasser sowie gegebenenfalls Konservierungsmittel und Duftstoffe dar. Die Aufgabe der Tenside in diesen Mitteln besteht darin, die Grenzflächenspannung des Wassers so zu beeinflussen, dass es in einem möglichst dünnen zusammenhängenden Film vom Spülgut ablaufen kann, so dass beim anschließenden Trocknungsvorgang keine Wassertropfen, Streifen oder Filme zurückbleiben (sogenannte Netzwirkung). Deswegen müssen Tenside in Klarspülern auch den durch Speisereste auftretenden Schaum in der Geschirrspülmaschine dämpfen. Da die Klarspüler meist Säuren für eine Verbesserung des Klartrocknungseffekt enthalten, müssen die eingesetzten Tenside zusätzlich vergleichsweise hydrolyseunempfindlich gegenüber Säuren sein.Commercially available rinse aids are mixtures of, for example, nonionic surfactants, solubilizers, organic acids and solvents, water and optionally preservatives and fragrances. The object of the surfactants in these compositions is to influence the interfacial tension of the water so that it is in as thin as possible continuous film Run off the dishes, so that during the subsequent drying process no drops of water, streaks or films remain (so-called network effect). For this reason, surfactants in rinse aids must also damp the foam in the dishwasher caused by food particles. Since the rinse aid usually contain acids for improving the Klartrocknungseffekt, the surfactants used must additionally be comparatively hydrolysis insensitive to acids.

Klarspüler werden sowohl im Haushalt als auch im gewerblichen Bereich eingesetzt. In Haushaltsgeschirrspülem wird der Klarspüler meist nach dem Vorspül- und Reinigungsvorgang bei etwa 40 bis 65 °C zudosiert. Die gewerblichen Geschirrspülmaschinen arbeiten mit nur einer Reinigungsflotte, die lediglich durch Zugabe der Klarspüllösung aus dem vorhergehenden Spülvorgang erneuert wird. Es findet also während des gesamten Spülprogrammes kein vollständiger Wasseraustausch statt. Daher muss der Klarspüler auch schaumdämpfend wirken, auch bei einem starken Temperaturgefälle von etwa 85 auf etwa 35 °C stabil sein und sich gegenüber Alkali- und Aktivchlorverbindungen inert erweisen.Rinse aids are used both in the household and in the commercial sector. In Haushaltsgeschirrspülem the rinse aid is usually added after the pre-rinsing and cleaning process at about 40 to 65 ° C. The commercial dishwashers work with only one cleaning liquor, which is renewed only by adding the rinse solution from the previous rinse. So there is no complete water exchange during the entire wash program. Therefore, the rinse aid must also foam-suppressing, be stable even at a strong temperature gradient of about 85 to about 35 ° C and prove to be inert to alkali and active chlorine compounds.

In diesem Zusammenhang sei auf die Deutsche Offenlegungsschrift DE 19738866 A1 (Cognis ) verwiesen, aus der Tensidmischungen mit einem Gehalt an nichtionischen Tensiden vom Typ der Hydroxymischether und der Fettalkoholpolyglycolether bekannt sind, die über ein gutes Schaumverhalten verfügen und in Klarspülern gute Ergebnisse zeigen.In this connection, please refer to the German Offenlegungsschrift DE 19738866 A1 (Cognis ), are known from the surfactant mixtures containing nonionic surfactants of the type of hydroxy mixed ethers and fatty alcohol polyglycol ethers, which have a good foaming behavior and show good results in rinse aids.

Aus der DE 199 62 885 A1 sind Wasch- und Reinigungsmittelformkörper bekannt, die Hydroxymischether, einen Polymer sowie weitere Feststoffe enthalten. Die WO 00/27903 A1 beschreibt feste Reinigungsmittel, die neben Hydroxymischethern weitere Tenside, Polymere und Träger enthalten können. Aus der WO 01/79401 A1 sind Tensidgranulate bekannt, die 40 Gew.-% Hydroxymischether, 50 Gew.-% Cellulose als Träger und 5 Gew.-% Polycarboxylate enthalten können. In der WO 00/42152 A1 werden beispielhaft feste Wasch- und Reinigungsmittel offenbart, die neben Hydroxymischethern Polymere und Träger enthalten können. Schließlich beschreibt die US 5,967,157 A1 maschinelle Geschirrspülmittel, die Hydroxymischether in Kombination mit Polymeren und Co-Polymeren der Acrylsäure enthalten können.From the DE 199 62 885 A1 detergent tablets are known which contain hydroxy mixed ethers, a polymer and other solids. The WO 00/27903 A1 describes solid detergents which, in addition to hydroxy mixed ethers, may contain further surfactants, polymers and carriers. From the WO 01/79401 A1 Surfactant granules are known which may contain 40% by weight of hydroxy mixed ether, 50% by weight of cellulose as carrier and 5% by weight of polycarboxylates. In the WO 00/42152 A1 For example, solid detergents and cleaners are disclosed which, in addition to hydroxy mixed ethers, may contain polymers and carriers. Finally, that describes US 5,967,157 A1 automatic dishwashing detergents which may contain hydroxy mixed ethers in combination with polymers and co-polymers of acrylic acid.

Die Aufgabe der vorliegenden Erfindung hat darin bestanden, Tenside in fester Form (feste Mittel) zur Herstellung von festen Wasch-, Spül- und Reinigungsmitteln, insbesondere von festen Geschirrspülmitteln, z.B. die so genannten "2 in 1" oder "3 in 1" Geschirrspülmittel, zur Verfügung zu stellen.The object of the present invention has consisted of surfactants in solid form (solid) for the preparation of solid detergents, dishwashing detergents and cleaners, in particular solid dishwashing detergents, for example the so-called "2 in 1" or "3 in 1" dishwashing detergent , to provide.

Die festen Mittel sollen sich dadurch auszeichnen, dass sie über ausgezeichnete Klarspüleigenschaften verfügen, auch in Gegenwart von Proteinanschmutzungen schaumdämpfend wirken, auch bei starkem Temperaturgefälle stabil sind, beim Auflösen nicht vergelen und insbesondere eine Löslichkeitskinetik besitzen, die eine Verschleppung eines möglichst hohen Gehaltes des nichtionischen Tensids in den Spülgang des maschinellen Prozesses ermöglicht Außerdem sollten sich vereinfacht feste Reiniger-Formulierungen herstellen lassen. Weiterhin sollen die zu reinigenden bzw. zu spülenden Oberflächen derart ausgestattet werden, dass sich beim nächsten Reinigungsvorgang Verschmutzungen leichter ablösen lassen.The solid agents should be characterized in that they have excellent Klarspüleigenschaften, even in the presence of protein soilings foam-suppressing, are stable even at high temperature gradient, do not gel during dissolution and in particular have a solubility kinetics, the carryover of the highest possible content of nonionic surfactant into the rinse of the machine process also made possible to produce simpler solid detergent formulations. Furthermore, the surfaces to be cleaned or rinsed should be equipped in such a way that it is easier to remove soiling during the next cleaning process.

Die Aufgabe konnte durch die Bereitstellung von festen Mitteln, die eine Kombination von Hydroxymischethern und Polymeren im erfindungsgemäßen Mischungsverhältnis enthalten,
gelöst werden. Durch die Bereitstellung dieser festen Mittel z.B. als Vorkompound in Wasch-, Spül- und Reinigungsmittel-Rezepturen, kann bei gleichbleibend hoher Reinigungsleistung der Tensidgehalt, insbesondere der Gehalt an Hydroxymischether reduziert werden.
Trotzdem wird dadurch eine sehr gute Benetzungsfähigkeit und ein fleckenloser Glanz der zu reinigenden Oberflächen erzielt. Der Zusatz von Polymeren zu Klarspülmitteln führt dazu, dass bei der nächsten Reinigung sonst stark anhaftende und häufig kritische Anschmutzungen wie z.B. stärkehaltige Anschmutzungen, sich vollständig entfernen lassen. Diese Anschmutzungen lassen sich ohne zusätzliche manuelle Bearbeitung des Spülgutes entfernen.
The object was achieved by the provision of solid agents which contain a combination of hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers in the mixing ratio according to the invention,
be solved. By providing these solid agents, for example as a precompound in washing, rinsing and cleaning agent formulations, the surfactant content, in particular the content of hydroxy mixed ether, can be reduced while the cleaning power remains consistently high.
Nevertheless, this results in a very good wetting ability and a spotless gloss of the surfaces to be cleaned. The addition of polymers to rinse aids means that at the next cleaning otherwise strongly adhering and often critical stains such as starchy stains, can be completely removed. These soiling can be removed without additional manual processing of the items to be washed.

Beschreibung der ErfindungDescription of the invention

Gegenstand der Erfindung sind feste Vorcompounds zur Herstellung von Wasch-, Spül- und Reinigungsmittel, dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass Hydroxymischether (a) und gegebenenfalls weitere Tenside (a), kationische Polymere (b) , die Monomereinheiten der Formel (la) aufweisen,

Figure imgb0001
in der n3 für eine Zahl zwischen 2 und 4, R1a für Wasserstoff oder eine Methylgruppe steht und R2a, R3a und R4a gleich oder verschieden sein können und für Wasserstoff oder eine C1-4-Alk(en)ylgruppe stehen und X- ein Anion aus der Gruppe der Halogenidanionen oder ein Monoalkylanion der Schwefelsäurehalbester repräsentiert sowie gegebenenfalls weitere, für Wasch-, Spül- und Reinigungsmittel typische Hilfs- und Zusatzstoffe (c) und Träger (d) im Verhältnis (a+b+c):(d) 1:1 bis 1:40 enthalten sind.
Das Gewichtsverhältnis wird auf bezogen auf den Aktivsubstanzgehalt berechnet.The invention relates to solid precompounds for the production of detergents, dishwashing detergents and cleaning compositions, characterized in that hydroxy mixed ethers (a) and optionally further surfactants (a), cationic polymers (b) which have monomer units of the formula (Ia) ,
Figure imgb0001
in which n3 is a number between 2 and 4, R 1a is hydrogen or a methyl group and R 2a , R 3a and R 4a may be identical or different and represent hydrogen or a C 1-4 -alk (en) yl group and X - represents an anion from the group of the halide anions or a monoalkyl anion of the sulfuric monoesters and optionally further, typical for washing, rinsing and cleaning agents auxiliaries and additives (c) and support (d) in the ratio (a + b + c): (d) 1: 1 to 1:40 are included.
The weight ratio is calculated based on the active substance content.

Hydroxymischetherhydroxy mixed

Hydroxymischether (HME) stellen bekannte nichtionische Tenside mit unsymmetrischer Etherstruktur und Polyalkylenglycolanteilen dar, welche man beispielsweise erhält, indem man Olefinepoxide mit Fettalkoholpolyglycolethern einer Ringöffnungsreaktion unterwirft. Entsprechende Produkte und deren Einsatz im Bereich der Reinigung harter Oberflächen sind beispielsweise Gegenstand der europäischen Patentschrift EP 0693049 B1 sowie der internationalen Patentanmeldung WO 94/22800 (Olin ) sowie der dort genannten Schriften.Hydroxy mixed ethers (HME) are known non-ionic surfactants having unsymmetrical ether structure and polyalkylene glycol moieties which are obtained, for example, by subjecting olefin epoxides to a ring opening reaction with fatty alcohol polyglycol ethers. Corresponding products and their use in the field of cleaning hard surfaces are for example the subject of the European patent specification EP 0693049 B1 as well as the international patent application WO 94/22800 (Olin ) and the writings mentioned therein.

Vorzugsweise folgen die Hydroxymischether der allgemeinen Formel (I),

Figure imgb0002
in der R1 für einen linearen oder verzweigten Alkylrest mit 2 bis 18, vorzugsweise 6 bis 16 Kohlenstoffatomen, insbesondere 8 bis 12 Kohlenstoffatomen, R2 für Wasserstoff oder einen linearen oder verzweigten Alkylrest mit 2 bis 18 Kohlenstoffatomen, R3 für einen linearen oder verzweigten Alkyl- und/oder Alkenylrest mit 1 bis 22, vorzugsweise 8 bis 18 Kohlenstoffatomen, n1 und n2 unabhängig voneinander für 0 oder Zahlen von 1 bis 60, vorzugsweise 2 bis 60 und insbesondere 20 bis 40 und m für 0 oder Zahlen von 0,5 bis 5, vorzugsweise 1 bis 2 steht, mit den Maßgaben, dass die Summe der Kohlenstoffatome in den Resten R1 und R2 mindestens 6 und vorzugsweise 8 bis 18 beträgt und die Summe (n1+m+n2) verschieden von 0 ist.
Wie aus der Formel hervorgeht, können die HME Ringöffnungsprodukte sowohl von innenständigen Olefinen (R2 ungleich Wasserstoff) oder endständigen Olefinen (R2 gleich Wasserstoff) sein, wobei letztere im Hinblick auf die leichtere Herstellung und die vorteilhafteren anwendungstechnischen Eigenschaften bevorzugt sind. Gleichfalls kann der polare Teil des Moleküls eine Polyethylen- (PE) oder eine Polypropylenkette (PP) sein; ebenfalls geeignet sind gemischte Ketten von PE- und PP-Einheiten, sei es in statistischer oder Blockverteilung.The hydroxy mixed ethers of the general formula (I) preferably follow
Figure imgb0002
in the R 1 is a linear or branched alkyl radical having 2 to 18, preferably 6 to 16 carbon atoms, in particular 8 to 12 carbon atoms, R 2 is hydrogen or a linear or branched alkyl radical having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, R 3 is a linear or branched Alkyl and / or alkenyl radical having 1 to 22, preferably 8 to 18 carbon atoms, n1 and n2, independently of one another, are 0 or numbers from 1 to 60, preferably 2 to 60 and in particular 20 to 40 and m is 0 or numbers of 0.5 to 5, preferably 1 to 2, with the provisos that the sum of the carbon atoms in the radicals R 1 and R 2 is at least 6 and preferably 8 to 18 and the sum (n1 + m + n2) is different from 0.
As can be seen from the formula, the HME ring opening products may be both internal olefins (R 2 not hydrogen) or terminal olefins (R 2 hydrogen), the latter being preferred for ease of preparation and more advantageous performance properties. Likewise, the polar portion of the molecule may be a polyethylene (PE) or a polypropylene (PP) chain; Also suitable are mixed chains of PE and PP units, whether in statistical or block distribution.

Typische Beispiele sind Ringöffnungsprodukte von 1,2-Hexenepoxid, 2,3-Hexenepoxid, 1,2-Octenepoxid, 2,3-Ocetenepoxid, 3,4-Octenepoxid, 1,2-Decenepoxid, 2,3-Decenepoxid, 3,4-Decenepoxid, 4,5-Decenepoxid, 1,2-Dodecenepoxid, 2,3-Dodecenepoxid, 3,4-Dodecenepoxid, 4,5-Dodecenepoxid, 5,6-Dodecenepoxid, 1,2-Tetradecenepoxid, 2,3-Tetradecenepoxid, 3,4-Tetradecenepoxid, 4,5-Tetradecenepoxid, 5,6-Tetradecenepoxid, 6,7-Tetradecenepoxid, 1,2-Hexadecenepoxid, 2,3-Hexadecenepoxid, 3,4-Hexadecenepoxid, 4,5-Hexadecenepoxid, 5,6-Hexadecenepoxid, 6,7-Hexadecenepoxid, 7,8-Hexadecenepoxid, 1,2-Octadecenepoxid, 2,3-Octadecenepoxid, 3,4-Octadecenepoxid, 4,5-Octadecenepoxid, 5,6-Octadecenepoxid, 6,7-Octadecenepoxid, 7,8-Octadecenepoxid und 8,9-Octadecenepoxid sowie deren Gemische mit Anlagerungsprodukten von durchschnittlich 1 bis 50, vorzugsweise 2 bis 40 und insbesondere 5 bis 20 Mol Ethylenoxid und/oder 1 bis 10, vorzugsweise 2 bis 8 und insbesondere 3 bis 5 Mol Propylenoxid an gesättigte und/oder ungesättigte primäre Alkohole mit 6 bis 22, vorzugsweise 12 bis 18 Kohlenstoffatomen, wie z.B. Capronalkohol, Caprylalkohol, 2-Ethylhexylalkohol, Caprinalkohol, Laurylalkohol, Isotridecylalkohol, Myristylalkohol, Cetylalkohol, Palmoleylalkohol, Stearylalkohol, Isostearylalkohol, Oleylalkohol, Elaidylalkohol, Petroselinylalkohol, Linolylalkohol, Linolenylalkohol, Elaeostearylalkohol, Arachylalkohol, Gadoleylalkohol, Behenylalkohol, Erucylalkohol und Brassidylalkohol sowie deren technische Mischungen.Typical examples are ring opening products of 1,2-hexene epoxide, 2,3-hexene epoxide, 1,2-octene epoxide, 2,3-octene epoxide, 3,4-octene epoxide, 1,2-decene epoxide, 2,3-decene epoxide, 3,4 Decene epoxide, 4,5-decene epoxide, 1,2-dodecene epoxide, 2,3-dodecene epoxide, 3,4-dodecene epoxide, 4,5-dodecene epoxide, 5,6-dodecene epoxide, 1,2-tetradecenepoxide, 2,3-tetradecenepoxide , 3,4-tetradecenepoxide, 4,5-tetradecenepoxide, 5,6-tetradecenepoxide, 6,7-tetradecenepoxide, 1,2-hexadecenepoxide, 2,3-hexadecenepoxide, 3,4-hexadecenepoxide, 4,5-hexadecenepoxide, 5 , 6-hexadecene epoxide, 6,7-hexadecene epoxide, 7,8-hexadecene epoxide, 1,2-octadecene epoxide, 2,3-octadecene epoxide, 3,4-octadecene epoxide, 4,5-octadecene epoxide, 5,6-octadecene epoxide, 6,7 -Octadecenepoxid, 7,8-Octadecenepoxid and 8,9-Octadecenepoxid and mixtures thereof with addition products of on average 1 to 50, preferably 2 to 40 and in particular 5 to 20 moles of ethylene oxide and / or 1 to 10, preferably 2 to 8 and in particular 3 to 5 moles of propylene oxide to saturated and / or unsubstituted saturated primary alcohols having 6 to 22, preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms, such as. Caproic alcohol, caprylic alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, capric alcohol, lauryl alcohol, isotridecyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, palmoleyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, elaidyl alcohol, petroselinyl alcohol, linolyl alcohol, linolenyl alcohol, elaeostearyl alcohol, arachyl alcohol, gadoleyl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, erucyl alcohol and brassidyl alcohol, and technical mixtures thereof.

Hydroxymischether, die sich aus anwendungstechnischer Sicht als besonders geeignet erwiesen haben, folgen der Formel (I) in der

  • ➢ R1 für einen linearen Alkylrest mit 8 bis 10 Kohlenstoffatomen, R2 für Wasserstoff, R3 für einen linearen Alkylrest mit 8 bis 10 Kohlenstoffatomen, n1 für 0, m für Zahlen von 0,5 bis 2 und n2 für Zahlen von 20 bis 40 steht.
  • ➢ R1 für einen linearen Alkylrest mit 8 bis 10 Kohlenstoffatomen, R2 für Wasserstoff, R3 für einen verzweigten Alkylrest mit 8 bis 10 Kohlenstoffatomen, n1 und m für 0 und n2 für Zahlen von 20 bis 40 steht;
  • ➢ R1 für einen linearen Alkylrest mit 8 bis 10 Kohlenstoffatomen, R2 für Wasserstoff, R3 für einen linearen Alkylrest mit 8 bis 10 Kohlenstoffatomen, n1 und m für 0 und n2 für Zahlen von 40 bis 60 steht.
Hydroxymix ethers which have proven to be particularly suitable from an application point of view follow the formula (I) in
  • R 1 is a linear alkyl group of 8 to 10 carbon atoms, R 2 is hydrogen, R 3 is a linear alkyl group of 8 to 10 carbon atoms, n1 is 0, m is 0.5 to 2, and n 2 is 20 to 20 40 stands.
  • R 1 is a linear alkyl radical having 8 to 10 carbon atoms, R 2 is hydrogen, R 3 is a branched alkyl radical having 8 to 10 carbon atoms, n1 and m are 0 and n2 is from 20 to 40;
  • R 1 is a linear alkyl radical having 8 to 10 carbon atoms, R 2 is hydrogen, R 3 is a linear alkyl radical having 8 to 10 carbon atoms, n1 and m are 0 and n2 is from 40 to 60.

Polymerepolymers

Einsatz finden kationische Polymere die Monomereinheiten der Formel (Ia) aufweisen,

Figure imgb0003
worin n3 eine Zahl zwischen 2 und 4, bevorzugt 3 ist, R1a für Wasserstoff oder eine Methylgruppe steht und R2a, R3a und R4a gleich oder verschieden sein können und für Wasserstoff oder eine C1-4-Alk(en)ylgruppe stehen, X- ein Anion aus der Gruppe der Halogenidanionen oder ein Monoalkylanion der Schwefelsäurehalbester repräsentiert.Use find cationic polymers having monomer units of the formula (Ia) ,
Figure imgb0003
wherein n3 is a number between 2 and 4, preferably 3, R 1a is hydrogen or a methyl group and R 2a , R 3a and R 4a may be the same or different and represent hydrogen or a C 1-4 alkoxy group , X - represents an anion from the group of halide anions or a monoalkyl the Schwefelsäurehalbester.

Die Polymere enthalten die Monomereinheiten mit der Formel (Ia) bevorzugt in einem Anteil von 10 Mol-% bis 80 Mol-%, besonders bevorzugt von 20 Mol-% bis 60 Mol-%. Die Polymere weisen dadurch eine signifikante Soil-Release-Wirkung auf.The polymers preferably contain the monomer units of the formula (Ia) in an amount of from 10 mol% to 80 mol%, particularly preferably from 20 mol% to 60 mol%. The polymers thus have a significant soil release effect.

Neben den Monomereinheiten mit der Formel (Ia) können als Comonomere ungesättigte Monocarbonsäuren, wie Acrylsäure, Methacrylsäure, Crotonsäure und dergleichen, Olefine, wie Ethylen, Propylen und Buten, Alkylester von ungesättigten Carbonsäuren, insbesondere Ester der Acrylsäure und Methacylsäure, deren Alkoholkomponenten Alkylgruppen von 1 bis 6 C-Atomen enthalten, wie Methylacrylat, Ethylacrylat, Methylmethacrylat, sowie deren Hydroxyderivate wie 2-Hydroxy-Ethylmethacrylat, mit ungesättigten Gruppen versehene, gegebenenfalls weiter substituierte, aromatische Verbindungen wie Styrol, Methylstyrol, Vinylstyrol und heterocyclische Verbindungen wie Vinylpyrrolidon eingesetzt werden. Als Comonomere werden bevorzugt Acrylsäure, Methacrylsäure und ihre C1-C6-Ester verwendet. Geeignet sind zusätzlich auch kationische Cellulosederivate, wie z.B. eine quaternierte Hydroxyethylcellulose, die unter der Bezeichnung Polymer JR 400® von Amerchol erhältlich ist, kationische Stärke, Copolymere von Diallylammoniumsalzen und Acrylamiden, quaternierte Vinylpyrrolidon/Vinylimidazol-Polymere, wie z.B. Luviquat® (BASF), Kondensationsprodukte von Polyglycolen und Aminen, quaternierte Kollagenpolypeptide, wie beispielsweise Lauryldimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Collagen (Lamequat®L/Grünau), quaternierte Weizenpolypeptide, Polyethylenimin, kationische Siliconpolymere, wie z.B. Amodimethicone, Copolymere der Adipinsäure und Dimethylaminohydroxypropyldiethylentriamin (Cartaretine®/Sandoz), Copolymere der Acrylsäure mit Dimethyldiallylammoniumchlorid (Merquat® 550/Chemviron), Polyaminopolyamide, wie z.B. beschrieben in der FR 2252840 A sowie deren vernetzte wasserlöslichen Polymere, kationische Chitinderivate wie beispielsweise quaterniertes Chitosan, gegebenenfalls mikrokristallin verteilt, Kondensationsprodukte aus Dihalogenalkylen, wie z.B. Dibrombutan mit Bisdialkylaminen, wie z.B. Bis-Dimethylamino-1,3-propan, kationischer Guar-Gum, wie z.B. Jaguar® CBS, Jaguar® C-17, Jaguar® C-16 der Firma Celanese, quaternierte Ammoniumsalz-Polymere, wie z.B. Mirapol® A-15, Mirapol® AD-1, Mirapol® AZ-1 der Firma Miranol.In addition to the monomer units of the formula (Ia) , unsaturated monocarboxylic acids, such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid and the like, olefins, such as ethylene, propylene and butene, alkyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids, in particular esters of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, their alcohol components of alkyl groups of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, and their hydroxy derivatives such as 2-hydroxy-ethyl methacrylate, provided with unsaturated groups, optionally further substituted, aromatic compounds such as styrene, methylstyrene, vinylstyrene and heterocyclic compounds such as vinylpyrrolidone can be used. Acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and their C 1 -C 6 esters are preferably used as comonomers. In addition, are also suitable cationic cellulose derivatives such as a quaternized hydroxyethylcellulose available under the name Polymer JR 400® from Amerchol, cationic starch, copolymers of diallylammonium salts and acrylamides, quaternized vinylpyrrolidone / vinylimidazole polymers such as Luviquat® (BASF), condensation products of polyglycols and Amines, quaternized collagen polypeptides such as lauryldimonium hydroxypropyl hydrolyzed collagen (Lamequat®L / Grünau), quaternized wheat polypeptides, polyethylenimine, cationic silicone polymers such as amodimethicones, copolymers of adipic acid and dimethylaminohydroxypropyldiethylenetriamine (Cartaretine® / Sandoz), copolymers of acrylic acid with dimethyldiallylammonium chloride (Merquat ® 550 / Chemviron), polyaminopolyamides, as described, for example, in US Pat FR 2252840 A and their crosslinked water-soluble polymers, cationic chitin derivatives such as quaternized chitosan, optionally microcrystalline distributed, condensation products of dihaloalkylene, such as dibromobutane with bis-dialkylamines, such as bis-dimethylamino-1,3-propane, cationic guar gum, such as Jaguar® CBS, Jaguar® C-17, Jaguar® C-16 from Celanese, quaternized ammonium salt polymers such as Mirapol® A-15, Mirapol® AD-1, Mirapol® AZ-1 from Miranol.

In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform sind auch Polymere enthalten, die ausgewählt sind aus der Gruppe, die gebildet wird von Polymerisaten bzw. Copolymeren von Monomeren wie Trialkylammoniumalkyl(meth)acrylat bzw. -acrylamid, Dialkyldiallyldiammoniumsalzen, polymeranaloge Umsetzungsprodukte von Ethern oder Estern von Polysacchariden mit Ammoniumseitengruppen, Guar-, Cellulose- und Stärkederivate, Polyaddukte von Ethylenoxid mit Ammoniumgruppen, Polyester und Polyamide mit quartären Seitengruppen. Insbesondere bevorzugt ist der Einsatz von Polyacrylsäure Copolymeren, z.B. Versicol E11® oder Glascol E11® (Allied Colloids), Polyacrylamidopropansulfonsäure z.B. Rheothik 80-11® (Cognis), Trimethylammoniumpropylmethacrylamid-Natriumacrylat-Ethylacrylat-Polymer z.B. Polyquart Ampho 149® Cognis. Weiterhin bevorzugt sind quaternierte Proteinhydrolysate z.B. Gluadin WQ ® (Cognis).In a preferred embodiment, polymers are also selected which are selected from the group consisting of polymers or copolymers of monomers such as trialkylammoniumalkyl (meth) acrylate or acrylamide, dialkyldiallyldiammonium salts, polymer-analogous reaction products of ethers or esters of polysaccharides with pendant ammonium groups, Guar, cellulose and starch derivatives, polyadducts of ethylene oxide with ammonium groups, polyesters and polyamides with quaternary pendant groups. Especially preferred is the use of polyacrylic acid copolymers, eg Versicol E11® or Glascol E11® (Allied Colloids), polyacrylamidopropanesulfonic acid eg Rheothik 80-11® (Cognis), trimethylammoniumpropylmethacrylamide-sodium acrylate-ethylacrylate polymer eg Polyquart Ampho 149® Cognis. Also preferred are quaternized protein hydrolysates, for example Gluadin WQ® (Cognis).

Weiterhin in Frage kommt der Einsatz von anionischen, zwitterionischen, amphoteren und nichtionischen Polymeren.
Als anionische, zwitterionische, amphotere und nichtionische Polymere kommen beispielsweise Vinylacetat/Crotonsäure-Copolymere, Vinylpyrrolidon/Vinylacrylat-Copolymere, Vinylacetat/-Butylmaleat/Isobomylacrylat-Copolymere, Methylvinylether/Maleinsäureanhydrid-Copolymere und deren Ester, unvemetzte und mit Polyolen vernetzte Polyacrylsäuren, Acrylamidopropyltrimethylammoniumchlorid/ Acrylat-Copolymere, Octylacrylamid/Methylmethacrylat/tert.Butylaminoethylmethacrylat/2-Hydroxypro pylmethacrylat-Copolymere, Polyvinylpyrrolidon, Vinylpyrrolidon/Vinylacetat-Copolymere, Vinylpyrrolidon/Dimethylaminoethylmethacrylat/Vinylcaprolactam-Terpolymere sowie gegebenenfalls derivatisierte Celluloseether und Silicone in Frage. Weitere geeignete Polymere sind in Cosm.Toil. 108, 95 (1993 ) aufgeführt.
Also suitable is the use of anionic, zwitterionic, amphoteric and nonionic polymers.
Suitable anionic, zwitterionic, amphoteric and nonionic polymers are, for example, vinyl acetate / crotonic acid copolymers, vinylpyrrolidone / vinyl acrylate copolymers, vinyl acetate / butyl maleate / isobornyl acrylate copolymers, methyl vinyl ether / maleic anhydride copolymers and their esters, unvarnished polyols crosslinked with polyols, acrylamidopropyltrimethylammonium chloride / Acrylate copolymers, octylacrylamide / methylmethacrylate / tert.butylaminoethylmethacrylate / 2-hydroxypropro pylmethacrylate copolymers, polyvinylpyrrolidone, vinylpyrrolidone / vinyl acetate copolymers, vinylpyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate / vinylcaprolactam terpolymers and optionally derivatized cellulose ethers and silicones. Other suitable polymers are in Cosm. 108, 95 (1993 ) .

Bevorzugt ist ebenfalls der Einsatz von schmutzabweisenden Polymeren ("soil repellants"). Hier kommen solche Stoffe in Frage, die vorzugsweise Ethylenterephthalat- und/oder Polyethylenglycolterephthalatgruppen enthalten, wobei das Molverhältnis Ethylenterephthalat zu Polyethylenglycolterephthalat im Bereich von 50 : 50 bis 90 : 10 liegen kann. Das Molekulargewicht der verknüpfenden Polyethylenglycoleinheiten liegt insbesondere im Bereich von 750 bis 5000, d.h., der Ethoxylie rungsgrad der Polyethylenglycolgruppenhaltigen Polymere kann ca. 15 bis 100 betragen. Die Polymeren zeichnen sich durch ein durchschnittliches Molekulargewicht von etwa 5000 bis 200.000 aus und können eine Block-, vorzugsweise aber eine Random-Struktur aufweisen. Bevorzugte Polymere sind solche mit Molverhältnissen Ethylenterephthalat/Polyethylenglycolterephthalat von etwa 65 : 35 bis etwa 90 : 10, vorzugsweise von etwa 70 : 30 bis 80 : 20. Weiterhin bevorzugt sind solche Polymere, die verknüpfende Polyethylenglycoleinheiten mit einem Molekulargewicht von 750 bis 5000, vorzugsweise von 1000 bis etwa 3000 und ein Molekulargewicht des Polymers von etwa 10.000 bis etwa 50.000 aufweisen. Beispiele für handelsübliche Polymere sind die Produkte Milease® T (ICI) oder Repelotex® SRP 3 (Rhöne-Poulenc).Also preferred is the use of soil repellent polymers. In this case, suitable substances are those which preferably contain ethylene terephthalate and / or polyethylene glycol terephthalate groups, it being possible for the molar ratio of ethylene terephthalate to polyethylene glycol terephthalate to be in the range from 50:50 to 90:10. In particular, the molecular weight of the linking polyethylene glycol units ranges from 750 to 5,000, that is, ethoxylicity degree of the polymers containing polyethylene glycol groups may be about 15 to 100. The polymers are characterized by an average molecular weight of about 5000 to 200,000 and may have a block, but preferably a random structure. Preferred polymers are those having molar ratios of ethylene terephthalate / polyethylene glycol terephthalate of from about 65:35 to about 90:10, preferably from about 70:30 to 80:20. Further preferred are those polymers comprising linking polyethylene glycol units having a molecular weight of from 750 to 5,000, preferably from 1000 to about 3000 and a molecular weight of the polymer of about 10,000 to about 50,000. Examples of commercially available polymers are the products Milease® T (ICI) or Repelotex® SRP 3 (Rhöne-Poulenc).

In einer weiteren Ausführungsform enthalten die erfindungsgemäßen Mittel die Komponenten Hydroxymischether und Polymere der Formel (la) im Gewichtsverhältnis 0,1:1 bis 1000:1, vorzugsweise 1:1 bis 100:1, insbesondere bevorzugt 5:1 bis 50:1.In a further embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise the components of hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers of the formula (Ia) in a weight ratio of 0.1: 1 to 1000: 1, preferably 1: 1 to 100: 1, particularly preferably 5: 1 to 50: 1.

Anorganische oder organische TrägerInorganic or organic carriers

In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform enthalten die festen Mittel anorganische oder organische Träger, die ausgewählt sind aus der Gruppe, die gebildet wird aus Zeolithen, Alkalisulfaten, Alkaliphosphaten, Alkalicarbonaten, Alkalihydrogencarbonaten, Alkalisilicaten, Alkalicitraten, Polysaccharide und deren Derivate wie Cellulosen, Carboxymethylcellulosen, Cyclodextrinen, Stärken, Stärkeabbauprodukten und Polyacrylaten, sowie Gemischen hiervon.In a preferred embodiment, the solid agents include inorganic or organic carriers selected from the group consisting of zeolites, alkali metal sulfates, alkali phosphates, alkali carbonates, alkali hydrogencarbonates, alkali silicates, alkali citrates, polysaccharides and their derivatives such as celluloses, carboxymethylcelluloses, cyclodextrins, starches , Starch degradation products and polyacrylates, as well as mixtures thereof.

Zeolithe zeolites

Unter den Zeolithen sind die Waschmittelbuilder Zeolith A und/oder P besonders bevorzugt. Als Zeolith P wird beispielsweise Zeolith MAP(R) (Handelsprodukt der Firma Crosfield) besonders bevorzugt. Geeignet sind jedoch auch Zeolith X sowie Mischungen aus A, X und/oder P wie auchAmong the zeolites, the detergency builders zeolite A and / or P are particularly preferred. As zeolite P, for example, zeolite MAP (R) (commercial product from Crosfield) is particularly preferred. Also suitable, however, are zeolite X and mixtures of A, X and / or P as well

Y. Von besonderem Interesse ist auch ein cokristallisiertes Natrium/Kalium-Aluminiumsilicat aus Zeolith A und Zeolith X, welches als VEGOBOND AX® (Handelsprodukt der Firma Condea Augusta S.p.A.) im Handel erhältlich ist. Der Zeolith kann als sprühgetrocknetes Pulver oder auch als ungetrocknete, von ihrer Herstellung noch feuchte, stabilisierte Suspension zum Einsatz kommen. Für den Fall, dass der Zeolith als Suspension eingesetzt wird, können diese geringen Zusätze an nichtionischen Tensiden als Stabilisatoren enthalten, beispielsweise 1 bis 3 Gew.-%, bezogen auf Zeolith, an ethoxylierten C12-C18-Fettalkoholen mit 2 bis 5 Ethylenoxidgruppen, C12-C14-Fettalkoholen mit 4 bis 5 Ethylenoxidgruppen oder ethoxylierten Isotridecanolen. Geeignete Zeolithe weisen eine mittlere Teilchengröße von weniger als 10 µm (Volumenverteilung; Meßmethode:Y. Of particular interest is a co-crystallized sodium / potassium aluminum silicate of zeolite A and zeolite X, which as VEGOBOND AX ® (commercial product from Condea Augusta SpA) is commercially available. The zeolite can be used as a spray-dried powder or else as undried, still moist, stabilized suspension of its preparation. In the event that the zeolite is used as a suspension, these may contain small additions of nonionic surfactants as stabilizers, for example 1 to 3 wt .-%, based on zeolite, of ethoxylated C 12 -C 18 fatty alcohols having 2 to 5 ethylene oxide groups , C 12 -C 14 fatty alcohols having 4 to 5 ethylene oxide groups or ethoxylated isotridecanols. Suitable zeolites have an average particle size of less than 10 μm (volume distribution;

Coulter Counter) auf und enthalten vorzugsweise 18 bis 22 Gew.-%, insbesondere 20 bis 22 Gew.-% an gebundenem Wasser.Coulter Counter) and preferably contain 18 to 22 wt .-%, in particular 20 to 22 wt .-% of bound water.

Alkaliphosphate Alkaline phosphates

Neben den Zeolithen ist insbesondere der Einsatz der allgemein bekannten Phosphate als Trägersubstanzen möglich. Geeignet sind insbesondere die Natriumsalze der Orthophosphate, der Pyrophosphate und insbesondere der Tripolyphosphate.In addition to the zeolites, the use of the generally known phosphates as carriers is possible in particular. Particularly suitable are the sodium salts of orthophosphates, pyrophosphates and in particular tripolyphosphates.

Alkalisilicate alkali silicates

Unter Alkalisilicaten kristalline, schichtförmige Alkalii- und speziell Natriumsilicate der allgemeinen Formel NaMSixO2x+1·yH2O zu verstehen, wobei M Natrium oder Wasserstoff bedeutet, x eine Zahl von 1,9 bis 4 und y eine Zahl von 0 bis 20 ist und bevorzugte Werte für x 2, 3 oder 4 sind. Derartige kristalline Schichtsilicate werden beispielsweise in der europäischen Patentanmeldung EP 0164514 A1 beschrieben. Bevorzugte kristalline Schichtsilicate der angegebenen Formel sind solche, in denen M für Natrium steht und x die Werte 2 oder 3 annimmt. Insbesondere sind sowohl β-als auch δ-Natriumdisilicate Na2Si2O5·yH2O bevorzugt, wobei β-Natriumdisilicat beispielsweise nach dem Verfahren erhalten werden kann, das in der internationalen Patentanmeldung WO 91/08171 beschrieben ist. Weitere geeignete Schichtsilicate sind beispielsweise aus den Patentanmeldungen DE 2334899 A1 , EP 0026529 A1 und DE 3526405 A1 bekannt. Ihre Verwendbarkeit ist nicht auf eine spezielle Zusammensetzung bzw. Strukturformel beschränkt. Bevorzugt sind hier jedoch Smectite, insbesondere Bentonite. Geeignete Schichtsilicate, die zur Gruppe der mit Wasser quellfähigen Smectite zählen, sind z.B. solche der allgemeinen Formeln (OH)4Si8-yAly(MgxAl4-x)O20 Montmorrilonit (OH)4Si8-yAly(Mg6-zLiz)O20 Hectorit (OH)4Si8-yAly(Mg6-zAlz)O20 Saponit mit x = 0 bis 4, y = 0 bis 2, z = 0 bis 6. Zusätzlich kann in das Kristallgitter der Schichtsilicate gemäß den vorstehenden Formeln geringe Mengen an Eisen eingebaut sein. Ferner können die Schichtsilicate aufgrund ihrer ionenaustauschenden Eigenschaften Wasserstoff-, Alkali-, Erdalkaliionen, insbesondere Na+ und Ca2+ enthalten. Die Hydratwassermenge liegt meist im Bereich von 8 bis 20 Gew.-% und ist vom Quellzustand bzw. von der Art der Bearbeitung abhängig. Brauchbare Schichtsilicate sind beispielsweise aus US 3,966,629 , US 4,062,647 , EP 0026529 A1 und EP 0028432 A1 bekannt. Vorzugsweise werden Schichtsilicate verwendet, die aufgrund einer Alkalibehandlung weitgehend frei von Calciumionen und stark färbenden Eisenionen sind. Zu den bevorzugten anorganischen Trägersubstanzen gehören auch amorphe Natriumsilicate mit einem Modul Na2O : SiO2 von 1 : 2 bis 1 : 3,3, vorzugsweise von 1 : 2 bis 1 : 2,8 und insbesondere von 1 : 2 bis 1 : 2,6, welche löseverzögert sind und Sekundärwascheigenschaften aufweisen. Die Löseverzögerung gegenüber herkömmlichen amorphen Natriumsilicaten kann dabei auf verschiedene Weise, beispielsweise durch Oberflächenbehandlung, Compoundierung, KompaktierungNerdichtung oder durch Übertrocknung hervorgerufen worden sein. Im Rahmen dieser Erfindung wird unter dem Begriff "amorph" auch "röntgenamorph" verstanden. Dies heißt, dass die Silicate bei Röntgenbeugungsexperimenten keine scharfen Röntgenreflexe liefern, wie sie für kristalline Substanzen typisch sind, sondern allenfalls ein oder mehrere Maxima der gestreuten Röntgenstrahlung, die eine Breite von mehreren Gradeinheiten des Beugungswinkels aufweisen. Es kann jedoch sehr wohl sogar zu besonders guten anwendungstechnischen Eigenschaften führen, wenn die Silicatpartikel bei Elektronenbeugungsexperimenten verwaschene oder sogar scharfe Beugungsmaxima liefern. Dies ist so zu interpretieren, dass die Produkte mikrokristalline Bereiche der Größe 10 bis einige Hundert nm aufweisen, wobei Werte bis max. 50 nm und insbesondere bis max. 20 nm bevorzugt sind. Derartige sogenannte röntgenamorphe Silicate, welche ebenfalls eine Löseverzögerung gegenüber den herkömmlichen Wassergläsem aufweisen, werden beispielsweise in der deutschen Patentanmeldung DE 4400024 A1 beschrieben. Insbesondere bevorzugt sind verdichtete/kompaktierte amorphe Silicate, compoundierte amorphe Silicate und übertrocknete röntgenamorphe Silicate.Under alkali silicates crystalline, layered alkali and especially sodium silicates of the general formula NaMSi x O 2x + 1 · yH 2 O to understand, where M is sodium or hydrogen, x is a number from 1.9 to 4 and y is a number from 0 to 20 is and preferred values for x are 2, 3 or 4. Such crystalline layered silicates are described, for example, in the European patent application EP 0164514 A1 described. Preferred crystalline layered silicates of the formula given are those in which M is sodium and x assumes the values 2 or 3. In particular, both β- and δ-sodium disilicates Na 2 Si 2 O 5 .yH 2 O are preferred, wherein β-sodium disilicate can be obtained, for example, by the method described in International Patent Application WO 91/08171 is described. Further suitable phyllosilicates are, for example, from the patent applications DE 2334899 A1 . EP 0026529 A1 and DE 3526405 A1 known. Its usability is not limited to any particular composition or structural formula. However, smectites, in particular bentonites, are preferred here. Suitable layered silicates which belong to the group of water-swellable smectites are, for example, those of the general formulas (OH) 4 Si 8-y Al y (Mg x Al 4-x ) O 20 montmorillonite (OH) 4 Si 8-y Al y (Mg 6-z Li z ) O 20 hectorite (OH) 4 Si 8-y Al y (Mg 6-z Al z ) O 20 saponite with x = 0 to 4, y = 0 to 2, z = 0 to 6. In addition, small amounts of iron may be incorporated in the crystal lattice of the layered silicates according to the above formulas. Furthermore, the phyllosilicates may contain hydrogen, alkali, alkaline earth metal ions, in particular Na + and Ca 2+ , due to their ion-exchanging properties. The amount of water of hydration is usually in the range of 8 to 20 wt .-% and is dependent on the swelling state or on the type of processing. Useful phyllosilicates are for example US 3,966,629 . U.S. 4,062,647 . EP 0026529 A1 and EP 0028432 A1 known. Preferably, phyllosilicates are used, which are largely free of calcium ions and strong coloring iron ions due to an alkali treatment. The preferred inorganic carrier substances also include amorphous sodium silicates having a modulus of Na 2 O: SiO 2 of from 1: 2 to 1: 3.3, preferably from 1: 2 to 1: 2.8, and in particular of 1: 2 to 1: 2.6, which are delay-delayed and have secondary washing properties. The dissolution delay over conventional amorphous sodium silicates may have been caused in various ways, for example by surface treatment, compounding, compaction nebulization or by overdrying. In the context of this invention, the term "amorphous" is also understood to mean "X-ray amorphous". This means that in X-ray diffraction experiments the silicates do not give sharp X-ray reflections typical of crystalline substances, but at most one or more maxima of the scattered X-rays which are several angstroms in width of the diffraction angle. However, it may even lead to particularly good performance properties if the silicate particles provide blurred or even sharp diffraction maxima in electron diffraction experiments. This is to be interpreted as meaning that the products have microcrystalline regions of size 10 to a few hundred nm, with values of up to max. 50 nm and in particular up to max. 20 nm are preferred. Such so-called X-ray amorphous silicates, which likewise have a dissolution delay compared with the conventional water glasses, are described, for example, in the German patent application DE 4400024 A1 described. Especially preferred are densified / compacted amorphous silicates, compounded amorphous silicates and overdried X-ray amorphous silicates.

Beispiele für Polysaccharide sind Cellulose, Carboxymethylcellulose, Cyclodextrin oder Stärke sowie deren Abbauprodukte, als polymere Träger (d) kommen insbesondere Polyacrylate mit Molekulargewichten im Bereich von 1.000 bis 50.000 in Frage.Examples of polysaccharides are cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, cyclodextrin or starch and their degradation products, as polymeric supports (d) are in particular polyacrylates having molecular weights in the range of 1,000 to 50,000 in question.

Es wird inhaltlich unterschieden zwischen den Polymeren (b) und weiteren Polymeren, die als Träger (d) eingesetzt werden, sowie Polymere als Hilfs- und Zusatzstoffe (c). Bei der Berechnung von Gewichtsanteilen oder Mengenverhältnissen ist hier zu unterscheiden.In terms of content, a distinction is made between the polymers (b) and other polymers used as the carrier (d) and also polymers as auxiliaries and additives (c). In the calculation of weight proportions or proportions is to be distinguished here.

Neben den Hydroxymischethern, den Polymeren und den Trägern können die festen Mittel weitere für Wasch-, Spül- und Reinigungsmittel typische Hilfs- und Zusatzstoffe, sowie weitere Tenside enthalten.
Neben den Trägern, die auch als Builder eine Funktion wahrnehmen können, sind dies beispielsweise schaumarme, vorzugsweise nichtionische Co-Tenside, anionische Co-Tenside, Co-Builder, öl- und fettlösende Stoffe, Bleichmittel, Bleichaktivatoren, Vergrauungsinhibitoren, Enzyme, Enzymstabilisatoren, optische Aufheller, Entschäumer, Sprengmittel, Duftstoffe, anorganische Salze und dergleichen, wie sie im folgenden näher erläutert werden.
In addition to the hydroxy mixed ethers, the polymers and the carriers, the solid compositions may contain other auxiliary substances and additives typical of detergents, dishwashing detergents and cleaning agents, as well as other surfactants.
In addition to the carriers, which can also perform a function as builders, these are, for example, low-foaming, preferably nonionic cosurfactants, anionic cosurfactants, co-builders, oil and grease solvents, bleaches, bleach activators, grayness inhibitors, enzymes, enzyme stabilizers, optical Brighteners, defoamers, disintegrants, fragrances, inorganic salts and the like, as they are explained in more detail below.

Nichtionische Co-Tenside Nonionic co-surfactants

Besonders bevorzugt sind feste Mittel, welche neben den Hydroxymischethern als weitere Tensidkomponente nichtionische Tenside, speziell Anlagerungsprodukte von Ethylenoxid und/oder Propylenoxid an Fett- oder Oxoalkohole enthalten. Typische Beispiele für nichtionische Co-Tenside sind Fettalkoholpolyglycolether, Alkylphenolpolyglycolether, Fettsäurepolyglycolester, Fettsäureamidpolyglycolether, Fettaminpolyglycolether, alkoxylierte Triglyceride, Mischether bzw. Mischformale, Alk(en)yl-oligoglykoside, Fettsäure-N-alkylglucamide, Proteinhydrolysate (insbesondere pflanzliche Produkte auf Weizenbasis), Polyolfettsäureester, Zuckerester, Sorbitanester, Polysorbate und Aminoxide. Sofern die nichtionischen Tenside Polyglycoletherketten enthalten, können diese eine konventionelle, vorzugsweise jedoch eine eingeengte Homologenverteilung aufweisen. Vorzugsweise werden Fettalkoholpolyglycolether, alkoxylierte Fettsäureniedrigalkylester, Alkyloligoglucoside oder Mischether eingesetzt.
Die bevorzugten Fettalkoholpolyglycolether folgen der Formel (II),

        R4O(CH2CHR5O)p1H     (II)

in der R4 für einen linearen oder verzweigten Alkyl- und/oder Alkenylrest mit 6 bis 22, vorzugsweise 12 bis 18 Kohlenstoffatomen, R5 für Wasserstoff oder Methyl und p1 für Zahlen von 1 bis 20 steht. Typische Beispiele sind die Anlagerungsprodukte von durchschnittlich 1 bis 20 und vorzugsweise 5 bis 10 Mol Ethylen- und/oder Propylenoxid an Capronalkohol, Caprylalkohol, 2-Ethylhexylalkohol, Caprinalkohol, Laurylalkohol, Isotridecylalkohol, Myristylalkohol, Cetylalkohol, Palmoleylalkohol, Stearylalkohol, Isostearylalkohol, Oleylalkohol, Elaidylalkohol, Petroselinylalkohol, Linolylalkohol, Linolenylalkohol, Elaeostearylalkohol, Arachylalkohol, Gadoleylalkohol, Behenylalkohol, Erucylalkohol und Brassidylalkohol sowie deren technische Mischungen. Besonders bevorzugt sind Anlagerungsprodukte von 3, 5 oder 7 Mol Ethylenoxid an technische Kokosfettalkohole.
Particular preference is given to solid agents which, in addition to the hydroxy mixed ethers, comprise nonionic surfactants, especially adducts of ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide with fatty or oxo alcohols, as further surfactant component. Typical examples of nonionic cosurfactants are fatty alcohol polyglycol ethers, alkylphenol polyglycol ethers, fatty acid polyglycol esters, fatty acid amide polyglycol ethers, fatty amine polyglycol ethers, alkoxylated triglycerides, mixed ethers, alk (en) yl oligoglycosides, fatty acid N-alkylglucamides, protein hydrolysates (especially wheat-based vegetable products), polyol fatty acid esters , Sugar esters, sorbitan esters, polysorbates and amine oxides. If the nonionic surfactants contain polyglycol ether chains, these may have a conventional, but preferably a narrow homolog distribution. Preference is given to using fatty alcohol polyglycol ethers, alkoxylated fatty acid lower alkyl esters, alkyl oligoglucosides or mixed ethers.
The preferred fatty alcohol polyglycol ethers follow the formula (II) ,

R 4 O (CH 2 CHR 5 O) p1 H (II)

in which R 4 is a linear or branched alkyl and / or alkenyl radical having 6 to 22, preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms, R 5 is hydrogen or methyl and p 1 is a number from 1 to 20. Typical examples are the addition products of on average 1 to 20 and preferably 5 to 10 moles of ethylene and / or propylene oxide to caproic alcohol, caprylic alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, capric alcohol, lauryl alcohol, isotridecyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, palmoleyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, elaidyl alcohol , Petroselinylalkohol, Linolylalkohol, Linolenylalkohol, Elaeostearylalkohol, Arachylalkohol, Gadoleylalkohol, Behenylalkohol, Erucylalkohol and Brassidylalkohol as well as their technical mixtures. Particularly preferred are addition products of 3, 5 or 7 moles of ethylene oxide to technical Kokosfettalkohole.

Als alkoxylierte Fettsäureniedrigalkylester kommen Tenside der Formel (III) in Betracht,

        R6CO-(OCH2CHR7)p2OR8      (III)

in der R6CO für einen linearen oder verzweigten, gesättigten und/oder ungesättigten Acylrest mit 6 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen, R7 für Wasserstoff oder Methyl, R8 für lineare oder verzweigte Alkylreste mit 1 bis 4 Kohlenstoffatomen und p2 für Zahlen von 1 bis 20 steht. Typische Beispiele sind die formalen Einschubprodukte von durchschnittlich 1 bis 20 und vorzugsweise 5 bis 10 Mol Ethylen- und/oder Propylenoxid in die Methyl-, Ethyl-, Propyl-, Isopropyl-, Butyl- und tert.-Butylester von Capronsäure, Caprylsäure, 2-Ethylhexansäure, Caprinsäure, Laurinsäure, Isotridecansäure, Myristinsäure, Palmitinsäure, Palmoleinsäure, Stearinsäure, Isostearinsäure, Ölsäure, Elaidinsäure, Petroselinsäure, Linolsäure, Linolensäure, Elaeostearinsäure, Arachinsäure, Gadoleinsäure, Behensäure und Erucasäure sowie deren technische Mischungen. Üblicherweise erfolgt die Herstellung der Produkte durch Insertion der Alkylenoxide in die Carbonylesterbindung in Gegenwart spezieller Katalysatoren, wie z.B. calcinierter Hydrotalcit. Besonders bevorzugt sind Umsetzungsprodukte von durchschnittlich 5 bis 10 Mol Ethylenoxid in die Esterbindung von technischen Kokosfettsäuremethylestem.
Suitable alkoxylated fatty acid lower alkyl esters are surfactants of the formula ( III ),

R 6 CO- (OCH 2 CHR 7) p2 OR 8 (III)

in R 6 CO is a linear or branched, saturated and / or unsaturated acyl radical having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, R 7 is hydrogen or methyl, R 8 is linear or branched alkyl radicals having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and p 2 is a number from 1 to 20 stands. Typical examples are the formal insert products of an average of 1 to 20 and preferably 5 to 10 moles of ethylene and / or propylene oxide into the methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl and tert-butyl esters of caproic acid, caprylic acid, 2-ethylhexanoic acid, capric acid, lauric acid, isotridecanoic acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, palmitoleic acid, stearic acid, isostearic acid, Oleic acid, elaidic acid, petroselinic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, elaeostearic acid, arachidic acid, gadoleic acid, behenic acid and erucic acid and their technical mixtures. Usually, the products are prepared by insertion of the alkylene oxides into the carbonyl ester bond in the presence of special catalysts, such as, for example, calcined hydrotalcite. Particularly preferred are reaction products of on average 5 to 10 moles of ethylene oxide in the ester bond of technical Kokosfettsäuremethylestem.

Alkyl- und Alkenyloligoglykoside, die ebenfalls bevorzugte nichtionische Tenside darstellen, folgen üblicherweise der Formel (IV),

        R9O-[G]q     (IV)

in der R9 für einen Alkyl- und/oder Alkenylrest mit 4 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen, G für einen Zuckerrest mit 5 oder 6 Kohlenstoffatomen und q für Zahlen von 1 bis 10 steht. Sie können nach den einschlägigen Verfahren der präparativen organischen Chemie erhalten werden. Stellvertretend für das umfangreiche Schrifttum sei hier auf die Schriften EP 0301298 A1 und WO 90103977 verwiesen. Die Alkyl- und/oder Alkenyloligoglykoside können sich von Aldosen bzw. Ketosen mit 5 oder 6 Kohlenstoffatomen, vorzugsweise der Glucose ableiten. Die bevorzugten Alkyl- und/oder Alkenyloligoglykoside sind somit Alkyl- und/oder Alkenyloligoglucoside. Die Indexzahl q in der allgemeinen Formel (IV) gibt den Oligomerisierungsgrad (DP), d. h. die Verteilung von Mono- und Oligoglykosiden an und steht für eine Zahl zwischen 1 und 10. Während q in einer gegebenen Verbindung stets ganzzahlig sein muss und hier vor allem die Werte q = 1 bis 6 annehmen kann, ist der Wert q für ein bestimmtes Alkyloligoglykosid eine analytisch ermittelte rechnerische Größe, die meistens eine gebrochene Zahl darstellt. Vorzugsweise werden Alkyl- und/oder Alkenyloligoglykoside mit einem mittleren Oligomerisierungsgrad p von 1,1 bis 3,0 eingesetzt. Aus anwendungstechnischer Sicht sind solche Alkyl- und/oder Alkenyloligoglykoside bevorzugt, deren Oligomerisierungsgrad kleiner als 1,7 ist und insbesondere zwischen 1,2 und 1,4 liegt. Der Alkyl- bzw. Alkenylrest R9 kann sich von primären Alkoholen mit 4 bis 11, vorzugsweise 8 bis 10 Kohlenstoffatomen ableiten. Typische Beispiele sind Butanol, Capronalkohol, Caprylalkohol, Caprinalkohol und Undecylalkohol sowie deren technische Mischungen, wie sie beispielsweise bei der Hydrierung von technischen Fettsäuremethylestem oder im Verlauf der Hydrierung von Aldehyden aus der Roelen'schen Oxosynthese erhalten werden. Bevorzugt sind Alkyloligoglucoside der Kettenlänge C8-C10 (DP = 1 bis 3), die als Vorlauf bei der destillativen Auftrennung von technischem C8-C18-Kokosfettalkohol anfallen und mit einem Anteil von weniger als 6 Gew.-% C12-Alkohol verunreinigt sein können sowie Alkyloligoglucoside auf Basis technischer C9/11-Oxoalkohole (DP = 1 bis 3). Der Alkyl- bzw. Alkenylrest R9 kann sich ferner auch von primären Alkoholen mit 12 bis 22, vorzugsweise 12 bis 14 Kohlenstoffatomen ableiten. Typische Beispiele sind Laurylalkohol, Myristylalkohol, Cetylalkohol, Palmoleylalkohol, Stearylalkohol, Isostearylalkohol, Oleylalkohol, Elaidylalkohol, Petroselinylalkohol, Arachylalkohol, Gadoleylalkohol, Behenylalkohol, Erucylalkohol, Brassidylalkohol sowie deren technische Gemische, die wie oben beschrieben erhalten werden können. Bevorzugt sind Alkyloligoglucoside auf Basis von gehärtetem C12/14-Kokosalkohol mit einem DP von 1 bis 3.
Alkyl and alkenyl oligoglycosides, which are also preferred nonionic surfactants, usually follow the formula (IV),

R 9 O- [G] q (IV)

in which R 9 is an alkyl and / or alkenyl radical having 4 to 22 carbon atoms, G is a sugar radical having 5 or 6 carbon atoms and q is a number from 1 to 10. They can be obtained by the relevant methods of preparative organic chemistry. Representatives of the extensive literature are here on the writings EP 0301298 A1 and WO 90103977 directed. The alkyl and / or alkenyl oligoglycosides can be derived from aldoses or ketoses having 5 or 6 carbon atoms, preferably glucose. The preferred alkyl and / or alkenyl oligoglycosides are thus alkyl and / or alkenyl oligoglucosides. The index number q in the general formula (IV) indicates the degree of oligomerization (DP), ie the distribution of monoglycerides and oligoglycosides, and stands for a number between 1 and 10. While q must always be an integer in a given compound, and above all If the values q = 1 to 6 can be assumed, the value q for a given alkyloligoglycoside is an analytically determined arithmetic variable, which usually represents a fractional number. Preference is given to using alkyl and / or alkenyl oligoglycosides having an average degree of oligomerization p of from 1.1 to 3.0. From an application point of view, those alkyl and / or alkenyl oligoglycosides whose degree of oligomerization is less than 1.7 and in particular between 1.2 and 1.4 are preferred. The alkyl or alkenyl radical R 9 can be derived from primary alcohols having 4 to 11, preferably 8 to 10 carbon atoms. Typical examples are butanol, caproic alcohol, caprylic alcohol, capric alcohol and undecyl alcohol, and technical mixtures thereof, as obtained, for example, in the hydrogenation of technical fatty acid methyl esters or in the hydrogenation of aldehydes from Roelen's oxosynthesis. Preference is given to alkyl oligoglucosides of the chain length C 8 -C 10 (DP = 1 to 3) which are obtained as a feedstock in the distillative separation of technical C 8 -C 18 coconut fatty alcohol and in a proportion of less than 6% by weight C 12 - Alcohol be contaminated and alkyl oligoglucosides based on technical C 9/11 oxo alcohols (DP = 1 to 3). The alkyl or alkenyl radical R 9 can also be derived from primary alcohols having 12 to 22, preferably 12 to 14 carbon atoms. Typical examples are lauryl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, palmoleyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, elaidyl alcohol, petroselinyl alcohol, arachyl alcohol, gadoleyl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, erucyl alcohol, brassidyl alcohol, and technical mixtures thereof which can be obtained as described above. Preference is given to alkyl oligoglucosides based on hydrogenated C 12/14 coconut alcohol having a DP of 1 to 3.

Weiterhin sind als nichtionische Tenside Mischether bevorzugt, die beispielsweise der Formel (V) folgen,

        R10O(CH2CH2O)rl(CH(CH3)CH2O)s(CH2CH2O)r2R11     (V)

in der R10 für einen linearen oder verzweigten Alkyl- und/oder Alkenylrest mit 6 bis 22, vorzugsweise 12 bis 18 Kohlenstoffatomen, R11 für einen Alkylrest mit 1 bis 8 Kohlenstoffatomen oder einen Benzylrest, r1 und r2 unabhängig voneinander für 0 oder Zahlen von 1 bis 20 und s für 0 oder Zahlen von 0,5 bis 5 steht, mit der Maßgabe, dass die Summe (r1+r2+s) von 0 verschieden sein muss. Typische Beispiele sind etwa Kokosfettalkohol+10EO-butylether, Kokosfettalkohol+5PO+4EO-butylether oder Kokosfettalkohol+10EO-benzylether.
Furthermore, preferred nonionic surfactants are mixed ethers which follow, for example, the formula (V)

R 10 O (CH 2 CH 2 O) rl (CH (CH 3) CH 2 O) s (CH 2 CH 2 O) r2 R 11 (V)

in the R 10 is a linear or branched alkyl and / or alkenyl radical having 6 to 22, preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms, R 11 is an alkyl radical having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a benzyl radical, r1 and r2 are independently 0 or numbers of 1 to 20 and s stands for 0 or numbers from 0.5 to 5, with the proviso that the sum (r1 + r2 + s) must be different from 0. Typical examples are, for example, coconut fatty alcohol + 10EO-butyl ether, coconut fatty alcohol + 5PO + 4EO-butyl ether or coconut fatty alcohol + 10EO-benzyl ether.

Anionische Co-Tenside Anionic co-surfactants

Typische Beispiele für anionische Co-Tenside sind Seifen, Alkylbenzolsulfonate, sekundäre Alkansulfonate, Olefinsulfonate, Alkylethersulfonate, Glycerinethersulfonate, α-Methylestersulfonate, Sulfofettsäuren. Alkyl- und/oder Alkenylsulfate, Alkylethersulfate, Glycerinethersulfate, Hydroxymischethersulfate, Monoglycerid(ether)sulfate, Fettsäureamid(ether)sulfate, Mono- und Dialkylsulfosuccinate, Mono- und Dialkylsulfosuccinamate, Sulfotriglyceride, Amidseifen, Ethercarbonsäuren und deren Salze, Fettsäureisethionate, Fettsäuresarcosinate, Fettsäuretauride, N-Acylaminosäuren wie beispielsweise Acyllactylate, Acyltartrate, Acylglutamate und Acylaspartate, Alkyloligoglucosidsulfate, Proteinfettsäurekondensate (insbesondere pflanzliche Produkte auf Weizenbasis) und Alkyl(ether)phosphate. Sofern die anionischen Tenside Polyglycoletherketten enthalten, können diese eine konventionelle, vorzugsweise jedoch eine eingeengte Homologenverteilung aufweisen.
Besonders bevorzugt können die Tensidmischungen anionische Tenside enthalten, die ausgewählt sind aus der Gruppe, die gebildet wird von Alkyl- und/oder Alkenylsulfaten, Alkylethersulfaten, Alkylbenzolsulfonaten, Monoglycerid(ether)sulfaten und Alkansulfonaten, insbesondere Fettalkoholsulfate, Fettalkoholethersulfate, sekundäre Alkansulfonate und lineare Alkylbenzolsulfonate.
Typical examples of anionic cosurfactants are soaps, alkylbenzenesulfonates, secondary alkanesulfonates, olefin sulfonates, alkyl ether sulfonates, glycerol ether sulfonates, α-methyl ester sulfonates, sulfo fatty acids. Alkyl and / or alkenyl sulfates, alkyl ether sulfates, glycerol ether sulfates, hydroxy mixed ether sulfates, monoglyceride (ether) sulfates, fatty acid amide (ether) sulfates, mono- and dialkyl sulfosuccinates, mono- and dialkyl sulfosuccinamates, sulfotriglycerides, amide soaps, ether carboxylic acids and their salts, fatty acid isethionates, fatty acid sarcosinates, fatty acid taurides, N-acyl amino acids such as acyl lactylates, acyl tartrates, acyl glutamates and acyl aspartates, alkyl oligoglucoside sulfates, protein fatty acid condensates (especially wheat-based vegetable products) and alkyl (ether) phosphates. If the anionic surfactants contain polyglycol ether chains, these may have a conventional, but preferably a narrow homolog distribution.
The surfactant mixtures may particularly preferably comprise anionic surfactants selected from the group formed by alkyl and / or alkenyl sulfates, alkyl ether sulfates, alkylbenzenesulfonates, monoglyceride (ether) sulfates and alkanesulfonates, in particular fatty alcohol sulfates, fatty alcohol ether sulfates, secondary alkanesulfonates and linear alkylbenzenesulfonates.

Alkyl- und/oder AlkenylsulfateAlkyl and / or alkenyl sulfates

Unter Alkyl- und/oder Alkenylsulfaten, die auch häufig als Fettalkoholsulfate bezeichnet werden, sind die Sulfatierungsprodukte primärer Alkohole zu verstehen, die der Formel (VIII) folgen,

        R16O-SO3X     (VIII)

in der R16 für einen linearen oder verzweigten, aliphatischen Alkyl- und/oder Alkenylrest mit 6 bis 22, vorzugsweise 12 bis 18 Kohlenstoffatomen und X für ein Alkali- und/oder Erdalkalimetall, Ammonium, Alkylammonium, Alkanolammonium oder Glucammonium steht. Typische Beispiele für Alkylsulfate, die im Sinne der Erfindung Anwendung finden können, sind die Sulfatierungsprodukte von Capronalkohol, Caprylalkohol, Caprinalkohol, 2-Ethylhexylalkohol, Laurylalkohol, Myristylalkohol, Cetylalkohol, Palmoleylalkohol, Stearylalkohol, Isostearylalkohol, Oleylalkohol, Elaidylalkohol, Petroselinylalkohol, Arachylalkohol, Gadoleylalkohol, Behenylalkohol und Erucylalkohol sowie deren technischen Gemischen, die durch Hochdruckhydrierung technischer Methylesterfraktionen oder Aldehyden aus der Roelenschen Oxosynthese erhalten werden. Die Sulfatierungsprodukte können vorzugsweise in Form ihrer Alkalisalze und insbesondere ihrer Natriumsalze eingesetzt werden. Besonders bevorzugt sind Alkylsulfate auf Basis von C16/18-Talgfettalkoholen bzw. pflanzliche Fettalkohole vergleichbarer C-Kettenverteilung in Form ihrer Natriumsalze.
Alkyl and / or alkenyl sulfates, which are also frequently referred to as fatty alcohol sulfates, are the sulfation products of primary alcohols which follow the formula (VIII) ,

R 16 O-SO 3 X (VIII)

in which R 16 is a linear or branched, aliphatic alkyl and / or alkenyl radical having 6 to 22, preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms and X is an alkali and / or alkaline earth metal, ammonium, alkylammonium, alkanolammonium or glucammonium. Typical examples of alkyl sulfates which can be used according to the invention are the sulfation products of caproic alcohol, caprylic alcohol, capric alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, lauryl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, palmoleyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, elaidyl alcohol, petroselinyl alcohol, arachyl alcohol, gadoleyl alcohol, Behenyl alcohol and erucyl alcohol and their technical mixtures obtained by high-pressure hydrogenation of technical methyl ester fractions or aldehydes from Roelen's oxo synthesis. The sulfation products can preferably be used in the form of their alkali metal salts and in particular their sodium salts. Particular preference is given to alkyl sulfates based on C 16/18 tallow fatty alcohols or vegetable fatty alcohols of comparable C chain distribution in the form of their sodium salts.

Alkylethersulfatealkyl ether

Alkylethersulfate ("Ethersulfate") stellen bekannte anionische Tenside dar, die großtechnisch durch SO3- oder Chlorsulfonsäure (CSA)-Sulfatierung von Fettalkohol- oder Oxoalkoholpolyglycolethem und nachfolgende Neutralisation hergestellt werden. Im Sinne der Erfindung kommen Ethersulfate in Betracht, die der Formel (IX) folgen,

        R17O-(CH2CH2O)aSO3X     (IX)

in der R17 für einen linearen oder verzweigten Alkyl- und/oder Alkenylrest mit 6 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen, a für Zahlen von 1 bis 10 und X für ein Alkali- und/oder Erdalkalimetall, Ammonium, Alkylammonium, Alkanolammonium oder Glucammonium steht. Typische Beispiele sind die Sulfate von Anlagerungsprodukten von durchschnittlich 1 bis 10 und insbesondere 2 bis 5 Mol Ethylenoxid an Capronalkohol, Caprylalkohol, 2-Ethylhexylalkohol, Caprinalkohol, Laurylalkohol, Isotridecylalkohol, Myristylalkohol, Cetylalkohol, Palmoleylalkohol, Stearylalkohol, Isostearylalkohol, Oleylalkohol, Elaidylalkohol, Petroselinylalkohol, Arachylalkohol, Gadoleylalkohol, Behenylalkohol, Erucylalkohol und Brassidylalkohol sowie deren technische Mischungen in Form ihrer Natrium- und/oder Magnesiumsalze. Die Ethersulfate können dabei sowohl eine konventionelle als auch eine eingeengte Homologenverteilung aufweisen. Besonders bevorzugt ist der Einsatz von Ethersulfaten auf Basis von Addukten von durchschnittlich 2 bis 3 Mol Ethylenoxid an technische C12/14- bzw. C12/18- Kokosfettalkoholfraktionen in Form ihrer Natrium- und/oder Magnesiumsalze.
Alkyl ether sulfates ("ether sulfates") are known anionic surfactants which are industrially produced by SO 3 or chlorosulfonic acid (CSA) sulfation of fatty alcohol or oxoalcohol polyglycol ethers and subsequent neutralization. For the purposes of the invention ether sulfates come into consideration, which follow the formula (IX),

R 17 O- (CH 2 CH 2 O) a SO 3 X (IX)

in which R 17 is a linear or branched alkyl and / or alkenyl radical having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, a is a number from 1 to 10 and X is an alkali and / or alkaline earth metal, ammonium, alkylammonium, alkanolammonium or glucammonium. Typical examples are the sulfates of addition products of an average of 1 to 10 and especially 2 to 5 moles of ethylene oxide to caproic alcohol, caprylic alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, capric alcohol, lauryl alcohol, isotridecyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, palmoleyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, elaidyl alcohol, petroselinyl alcohol, Arachyl alcohol, gadoleyl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, erucyl alcohol and brassidyl alcohol and their technical mixtures in the form of their sodium and / or magnesium salts. The ether sulfates may have both a conventional and a narrow homolog distribution. Particularly preferred is the use of ether sulfates based on adducts of an average of 2 to 3 moles of ethylene oxide to technical C 12/14 - or C 12/18 - Kokosfettalkoholfraktionen in the form of their sodium and / or magnesium salts.

Co-Builder co-builder

Brauchbare organische Gerüstsubstanzen, die als Co-Builder in Frage kommen, sind beispielsweise die in Form ihrer Natriumsalze einsetzbaren Polycarbonsäuren, wie Citronensäure, Adipinsäure, Bernsteinsäure, Glutarsäure, Weinsäure, Zuckersäuren, Aminocarbonsäuren, Nitrilotriessigsäure (NTA), sofern ein derartiger Einsatz aus ökologischen Gründen nicht zu beanstanden ist, sowie Mischungen aus diesen. Bevorzugte Salze sind die Salze der Polycarbonsäuren wie Citronensäure, Adipinsäure, Bernsteinsäure, Glutarsäure, Weinsäure, Zuckersäuren und Mischungen aus diesen. Auch die Säuren an sich können eingesetzt werden. Die Säuren besitzen neben ihrer Builderwirkung typischerweise auch die Eigenschaft einer Säuerungskomponente und dienen somit auch zur Einstellung eines niedrigeren und milderen pH-Wertes von Wasch- oder Reinigungsmitteln. Insbesondere sind hierbei Citronensäure, Bernsteinsäure, Glutarsäure, Adipinsäure, Gluconsäure und beliebige Mischungen aus diesen zu nennen. Weitere geeignete organische Buildersubstanzen sind Dextrine, beispielsweise Oligomere bzw. Polymere von Kohlenhydraten, die durch partielle Hydrolyse von Stärken erhalten werden können. Die Hydrolyse kann nach üblichen, beispielsweise säure- oder enzymkatalysierten Verfahren durchgeführt werden. Vorzugsweise handelt es sich um Hydrolyseprodukte mit mittleren Molmassen im Bereich von 400 bis 500 000. Dabei ist-ein-Polysaccharid-mit einem Dextrose-Äquivalent (DE) im Bereich von 0,5 bis 40, insbesondere von 2 bis 30 bevorzugt, wobei DE ein gebräuchliches Maß für die reduzierende Wirkung eines Polysaccharids im Vergleich zu Dextrose, welche ein DE von 100 besitzt, ist. Brauchbar sind sowohl Maltodextrine mit einem DE zwischen 3 und 20 und Trockenglucosesirupe mit einem DE zwischen 20 und 37 als auch sogenannte Gelbdextrine und Weißdextrine mit höheren Molmassen im Bereich von 2 000 bis 30 000. Ein bevorzugtes Dextrin ist in der britischen Patentanmeldung GB 9419091 A1 beschrieben. Bei den oxidierten Derivaten derartiger Dextrine handelt es sich um deren Umsetzungsprodukte mit Oxidationsmitteln, welche in der Lage sind, mindestens eine Alkoholfunktion des Saccharidrings zur Carbonsäurefunktion zu oxidieren. Derartige oxidierte Dextrine und Verfahren ihrer Herstellung sind beispielsweise aus den europäischen Patentanmeldungen EP 0232202 A1 , EP 0427349 A1 , EP 0472042 A1 und EP 0542496 A1 sowie den internationalen Patentanmeldungen WO 92/18542 , WO 93/08251 , WO 93/16110 , WO 94/28030 , WO 95/07303 , WO 95/12619 und WO 95/20608 bekannt. Ebenfalls geeignet ist ein oxidiertes Oligosaccharid gemäß der deutschen Patentanmeldung DE 19600018 A1 . Ein an C6 des Saccharidrings oxidiertes Produkt kann besonders vorteilhaft sein. Weitere geeignete Cobuilder sind Oxydisuccinate und andere Derivate von Disuccinaten, vorzugsweise Ethylendiamindisuccinat. Besonders bevorzugt sind in diesem Zusammenhang auch Glycerindisuccinate und Glycerintrisuccinate, wie sie beispielsweise in den US-amerikanischen Patentschriften US 4,524,009 , US 4,639,325 , in der europäischen Patentanmeldung EP 0150930 A1 und der japanischen Patentanmeldung JP 93/339896 beschrieben werden. Geeignete Einsatzmengen liegen in zeolithhaltigen und/oder silicathaltigen Formulierungen bei 3 bis 15 Gew.-%. Weitere brauchbare organische Cobuilder sind beispielsweise acetylierte Hydroxycarbonsäuren bzw. deren Salze, welche gegebenenfalls auch in Lactonform vorliegen können und welche mindestens 4 Kohlenstoffatome und mindestens eine Hydroxygruppe sowie maximal zwei Säuregruppen enthalten. Derartige Cobuilder werden beispielsweise in der internationalen Patentanmeldung WO 95/20029 beschrieben.Useful organic builders which are suitable as co-builders are, for example, the polycarboxylic acids which can be used in the form of their sodium salts, such as citric acid, adipic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, tartaric acid, sugar acids, aminocarboxylic acids, nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA), if such use is for ecological reasons not to complain about, as well as mixtures of these. Preferred salts are the salts of polycarboxylic acids such as citric acid, adipic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, tartaric acid, sugar acids and mixtures thereof. The acids themselves can also be used. In addition to their builder action, the acids typically also have the property of an acidifying component and thus also serve to set a lower and milder pH of detergents or cleaners. In particular, citric acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, gluconic acid and any desired mixtures of these can be mentioned here. Further suitable organic builder substances are dextrins, for example oligomers or polymers of carbohydrates, which can be obtained by partial hydrolysis of starches. The hydrolysis can be carried out by customary, for example acid or enzyme catalyzed processes. Preferably, they are hydrolysis products having average molecular weights in the range of 400 to 500,000. Here, a polysaccharide having a dextrose equivalent (DE) in the range of 0.5 to 40, especially 2 to 30 is preferred, where DE a common measure of the reducing effect of a polysaccharide compared to dextrose, which has a DE of 100. Useful are both maltodextrins with a DE of between 3 and 20 and dry glucose syrups with a DE of between 20 and 37 and also so-called yellow dextrins and white dextrins with higher molecular weights in the range from 2,000 to 30,000. A preferred dextrin is disclosed in the British patent application GB 9419091 A1 described. The oxidized derivatives of such dextrins are their reaction products with oxidizing agents which are capable of oxidizing at least one alcohol function of the saccharide ring to the carboxylic acid function. Such oxidized dextrins and methods of their preparation are for example from European patent applications EP 0232202 A1 . EP 0427349 A1 . EP 0472042 A1 and EP 0542496 A1 as well as the international patent applications WO 92/18542 . WO 93/08251 . WO 93/16110 . WO 94/28030 . WO 95/07303 . WO 95/12619 and WO 95/20608 known. Also suitable is an oxidized Oligosaccharide according to the German patent application DE 19600018 A1 , A product oxidized to C 6 of the saccharide ring may be particularly advantageous. Other suitable co-builders are oxydisuccinates and other derivatives of disuccinates, preferably ethylenediamine disuccinate. Glycerol disuccinates and glycerol trisuccinates, as used, for example, in the U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,524,009 . US 4,639,325 In which European patent application EP 0150930 A1 and Japanese Patent Application JP 93/339896 to be discribed. Suitable amounts are in zeolithhaltigen and / or silicate-containing formulations at 3 to 15 wt .-%. Other useful organic cobuilders are, for example, acetylated hydroxycarboxylic acids or their salts, which may optionally also be present in lactone form and which contain at least 4 carbon atoms and at least one hydroxyl group and a maximum of two acid groups. Such co-builders are described, for example, in the international patent application WO 95/20029 described.

Geeignete polymere Polycarboxylate sind beispielsweise die Natriumsalze der Polyacrylsäure oder der Polymethacrylsäure, beispielsweise solche mit einer relativen Molekülmasse von 800 bis 150 000 (auf Säure bezogen und jeweils gemessen gegen Polystyrolsulfonsäure). Geeignete copolymere Polycarboxylate sind insbesondere solche der Acrylsäure mit Methacrylsäure und der Acrylsäure oder Methacrylsäure mit Maleinsäure. Als besonders geeignet haben sich Copolymere der Acrylsäure mit Maleinsäure erwiesen, die 50 bis 90 Gew.-% Acrylsäure und 50 bis 10 Gew.-% Maleinsäure enthalten. Ihre relative Molekülmasse, bezogen auf freie Säuren, beträgt im allgemeinen 5 000 bis 200 000, vorzugsweise 10 000 bis 120 000 und insbesondere 50 000 bis 100 000 (jeweils gemessen gegen Polystyrolsulfonsäure). Die (co-)polymeren Polycarboxylate können entweder als Pulver oder als wässrige Lösung eingesetzt werden, wobei 20 bis 55 Gew.-%ige wässrige Lösungen bevorzugt sind. Granulare Polymere werden zumeist nachträglich zu einem oder mehreren Basisgranulaten zugemischt. Insbesondere bevorzugt sind auch biologisch abbaubare Polymere aus mehr als zwei verschiedenen Monomereinheiten, beispielsweise solche, die gemäß der DE 4300772 A1 als Monomere Salze der Acrylsäure und der Maleinsäure sowie Vinylalkohol bzw. Vinylalkohol-Derivate oder gemäß der DE 4221381 C2 als Monomere Salze der Acrylsäure und der 2-Alkylallylsulfonsäure sowie Zucker-Derivate enthalten. Weitere bevorzugte Copolymere sind solche, die in den deutschen Patentanmeldungen DE 4303320 A1 und DE 4417734 A1 beschrieben werden und als Monomere vorzugsweise Acrolein und Acrylsäure/Acrylsäuresalze bzw. Acrolein und Vinylacetat aufweisen. Ebenso sind als weitere bevorzugte Buildersubstanzen polymere Aminodicarbonsäuren, deren Salze oder deren Vorläufersubstanzen zu nennen. Besonders bevorzugt sind Polyasparaginsäuren bzw. deren Salze und Derivate.Suitable polymeric polycarboxylates are, for example, the sodium salts of polyacrylic acid or polymethacrylic acid, for example those having a relative molecular weight of 800 to 150,000 (based on acid and measured in each case against polystyrenesulfonic acid). Suitable copolymeric polycarboxylates are, in particular, those of acrylic acid with methacrylic acid and of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid with maleic acid. Copolymers of acrylic acid with maleic acid which contain 50 to 90% by weight of acrylic acid and 50 to 10% by weight of maleic acid have proven to be particularly suitable. Their molecular weight relative to free acids is generally from 5,000 to 200,000, preferably from 10,000 to 120,000 and in particular from 50,000 to 100,000 (in each case measured against polystyrene sulfonic acid). The (co) polymeric polycarboxylates can be used either as a powder or as an aqueous solution, with 20 to 55% by weight aqueous solutions being preferred. Granular polymers are usually added later to one or more basic granules. Also particularly preferred are biodegradable polymers of more than two different monomer units, for example those according to DE 4300772 A1 as monomers, salts of acrylic acid and maleic acid and vinyl alcohol or vinyl alcohol derivatives or according to the DE 4221381 C2 as monomers, salts of acrylic acid and 2-alkylallylsulfonic acid and sugar derivatives. Other preferred copolymers are those described in the German patent applications DE 4303320 A1 and DE 4417734 A1 be described and as monomers preferably acrolein and acrylic acid / acrylic acid salts or acrolein and vinyl acetate. Also to be mentioned as further preferred builders polymeric aminodicarboxylic acids, their salts or their precursors. Particular preference is given to polyaspartic acids or their salts and derivatives.

Weitere geeignete Buildersubstanzen sind Polyacetale, welche durch Umsetzung von Dialdehyden mit Polyolcarbonsäuren, welche 5 bis 7 C-Atome und mindestens 3 Hydroxylgruppen aufweisen, beispielsweise wie in der europäischen Patentanmeldung EP 0280223 A1 beschrieben, erhalten werden können. Bevorzugte Polyacetale werden aus Dialdehyden wie Glyoxal, Glutaraldehyd, Terephthalaldehyd sowie deren Gemischen und aus Polyolcarbonsäuren wie Gluconsäure und/oder Glucoheptonsäure erhalten.Further suitable builder substances are polyacetals which are prepared by reacting dialdehydes with polyolcarboxylic acids which have 5 to 7 C atoms and at least 3 hydroxyl groups, for example as in the European patent application EP 0280223 A1 described, can be obtained. Preferred polyacetals are obtained from dialdehydes such as glyoxal, glutaraldehyde, terephthalaldehyde and mixtures thereof and from polyol carboxylic acids such as gluconic acid and / or glucoheptonic acid.

Öl- und fettlösende Stoffe Oil and grease dissolving substances

Zusätzlich können die Mittel auch Komponenten enthalten, welche die Öl- und Fett-Auswaschbarkeit aus Textilien positiv beeinflussen. Zu den bevorzugten öl- und fettlösenden Komponenten zählen beispielsweise nichtionische Celluloseether wie Methylcellulose und Methylhydroxypropylcellulose mit einem Anteil an Methoxyl-Gruppen von 15 bis 30 Gew.-% und an Hydroxypropoxyl-Gruppen von 1 bis 15 Gew.-%, jeweils bezogen auf den nichtionischen Celluloseether, sowie die aus dem Stand der Technik bekannten Polymere der Phthalsäure und/oder der Terephthalsäure bzw. von deren Derivaten, insbesondere Polymere aus Ethylenterephthalaten und/oder Polyethylenglykolterephthalaten oder anionisch und/oder nichtionisch modifizierten Derivaten von diesen. Besonders bevorzugt von diesen sind die sulfonierten Derivate der Phthalsäure- und der Terephthalsäure-Polymere.Additionally, the compositions may also contain components that positively affect oil and grease washability from fabrics. The preferred oil and fat dissolving components include, for example, nonionic cellulose ethers such as methylcellulose and methylhydroxypropylcellulose with a proportion of methoxyl groups of 15 to 30 wt .-% and hydroxypropoxyl groups of 1 to 15 wt .-%, each based on the nonionic Cellulose ethers, as well as known from the prior art polymers of phthalic acid and / or terephthalic acid or derivatives thereof, in particular polymers of ethylene terephthalates and / or polyethylene glycol terephthalates or anionic and / or nonionic modified derivatives thereof. Particularly preferred of these are the sulfonated derivatives of phthalic and terephthalic acid polymers.

Bleichmittel und Bleichaktivatoren Bleaches and bleach activators

Unter den als Bleichmittel dienenden, in Wasser H2O2 liefernden Verbindungen haben das Natriumperborattetrahydrat und das Natriumperboratmonohydrat besondere Bedeutung. Weitere brauchbare Bleichmittel sind beispielsweise Natriumpercarbonat, Peroxypyrophosphate, Citratperhydrate sowie H2O2 liefernde persaure Salze oder Persäuren, wie Perbenzoate, Peroxophthalate, Diperazelainsäure, Phthaloiminopersäure oder Diperdodecandisäure. Der Gehalt der Mittel an Bleichmitteln beträgt vorzugsweise 5 bis 35 Gew.-% und insbesondere bis 30 Gew.-%, wobei vorteilhafterweise Perboratmonohydrat oder Percarbonat eingesetzt wird. Als Bleichaktivatoren können Verbindungen, die unter Perhydrolysebedingungen aliphatische Peroxocarbonsäuren mit vorzugsweise 1 bis 10 C-Atomen, insbesondere 2 bis 4 C-Atomen, und/oder gegebenenfalls substituierte Perbenzoesäure ergeben, eingesetzt werden. Geeignet sind Substanzen, die O- und/oder N-Acylgruppen der genannten C-Atomzahl und/oder gegebenenfalls substituierte Benzoylgruppen tragen. Bevorzugt sind mehrfach acylierte Alkylendiamine, insbesondere Tetraacetylethylendiamin (TAED), acylierte Triazinderivate, insbesondere 1,5-Diacetyl-2,4-dioxohexahydro-1,3,5-triazin (DADHT), acylierte Glykolurile, insbesondere Tetraacetylglykoluril (TAGU), N-Acylimide, insbesondere N-Nonanoylsuccinimid (NOSI), acylierte Phenolsulfonate, insbesondere n-Nonanoyl- oder Isononanoyloxybenzolsulfonat (n- bzw. iso-NOBS), Carbonsäureanhydride, insbesondere Phthalsäureanhydrid, acylierte mehrwertige Alkohole, insbesondere Triacetin, Ethylenglykoldiacetat, 2,5-Diacetoxy-2,5-dihydrofuran und die aus den deutschen Patentanmeldungen DE 19616693 A1 und DE 19616767 A1 bekannten Enolester sowie acetyliertes Sorbitol und Mannitol beziehungsweise deren in der europäischen Patentanmeldung EP 0525239 A1 beschriebene Mischungen (SORMAN), acylierte Zuckerderivate, insbesondere Pentaacetylglukose (PAG), Pentaacetylfruktose, Tetraacetylxylose und Octaacetyllactose sowie acetyliertes, gegebenenfalls N-alkyliertes Glucamin und Gluconolacton, und/oder N-acylierte Lactame, beispielsweise N-Benzoylcaprolactam, die aus den internationalen Patentanmeldungen WO 94/27970 , WO 94/28102 , WO 94/28103 , WO 95/00626 , WO 95/14759 und WO 95/17498 bekannt sind. Die aus der deutschen Patentanmeldung DE 19616769 A1 bekannten hydrophil substituierten Acylacetale und die in der deutschen Patentanmeldung DE 196 16 770 sowie der internationalen Patentanmeldung WO 95/14075 beschriebenen Acyllactame werden ebenfalls bevorzugt eingesetzt. Auch die aus der deutschen Patentanmeldung DE 4443177 A1 bekannten Kombinationen konventioneller Bleichaktivatoren können eingesetzt werden. Derartige Bleichaktivatoren sind im üblichen Mengenbereich, vorzugsweise in Mengen von 1 Gew.-% bis 10 Gew.-%, insbesondere 2 Gew.-% bis 8 Gew.-%, bezogen auf gesamtes Mittel, enthalten. Zusätzlich zu den oben aufgeführten konventionellen Bleichaktivatoren oder an deren Stelle können auch die aus den europäischen Patentschriften EP 0446982 B1 und EP 0453 003 B1 bekannten Sulfonimine und/oder bleichverstärkende Übergangsmetallsalze beziehungsweise Übergangsmetallkomplexe als sogenannte Bleichkatalysatoren enthalten sein. Zu den in Frage kommenden Übergangsmetallverbindungen gehören insbesondere die aus der deutschen Patentanmeldung DE 19529905 A1 bekannten Mangan-, Eisen-, Kobalt-, Ruthenium- oder Molybdän-Salenkomplexe und deren aus der deutschen Patentanmeldung DE 19620267 A1 bekannte N-Analogverbindungen, die aus der deutschen Patentanmeldung DE 19536082 A1 bekannten Mangan-, Eisen-, Kobalt-, Ruthenium- oder Molybdän-Carbonylkomplexe, die in der deutschen Patentanmeldung DE 19605688 A1 beschriebenen Mangan-, Eisen-, Kobalt-, Ruthenium-, Molybdän-, Titan-, Vanadium- und Kupfer-Komplexe mit stickstoffhaltigen Tripod-Liganden, die aus der deutschen Patentanmeldung DE 19620411 A1 bekannten Kobalt-, Eisen-, Kupfer- und Ruthenium-Aminkomplexe, die in der deutschen Patentanmeldung DE 4416438 A1 beschriebenen Mangan-, Kupfer- und KobaltKomplexe, die in der europäischen Patentanmeldung EP 0272030 A1 beschriebenen KobaltKomplexe, die aus der europäischen Patentanmeldung EP 0693550 A1 bekannten Mangan-Komplexe, die aus der europäischen Patentschrift EP 0392592 A1 bekannten Mangan-, Eisen-, Kobalt- und Kupfer-Komplexe und/oder die in der europäischen Patentschrift EP 0443651 B1 oder den europäischen Patentanmeldungen EP 0458397 A1 , EP 0458398 A1 , EP 0549271 A1 , EP 0549272 A1 , EP 0544490 A1 und EP 0544519 A1 beschriebenen Mangan-Komplexe. Kombinationen aus Bleichaktivatoren und Übergangsmetall-Bleichkatalysatoren sind beispielsweise aus der deutschen Patentanmeldung DE 19613103 A1 und der internationalen Patentanmeldung WO 95/27775 bekannt. Bleichverstärkende Übergangsmetallkomplexe, insbesondere mit den Zentralatomen Mn, Fe, Co, Cu, Mo, V, Ti und/oder Ru, werden in üblichen Mengen, vorzugsweise in einer Menge bis zu 1 Gew.-%, insbesondere von 0,0025 Gew.-% bis 0,25 Gew.-% und besonders bevorzugt von 0,01 Gew.-% bis 0,1 Gew.-%, jeweils bezogen auf gesamtes Mittel, eingesetzt.Among the compounds serving as bleaches in water H 2 O 2 , sodium perborate tetrahydrate and sodium perborate monohydrate are of particular importance. Other useful bleaching agents are, for example, sodium percarbonate, peroxypyrophosphates, citrate perhydrates and H 2 O 2 -producing peracidic salts or peracids, such as perbenzoates, peroxophthalates, diperazelaic acid, phthaloiminoperacid or diperdodecanedioic acid. The content of the bleaching agents is preferably from 5 to 35% by weight and in particular up to 30% by weight, it being advantageous to use perborate monohydrate or percarbonate. As bleach activators, it is possible to use compounds which, under perhydrolysis conditions, give aliphatic peroxycarboxylic acids having preferably 1 to 10 C atoms, in particular 2 to 4 C atoms, and / or optionally substituted perbenzoic acid. Suitable substances are those which carry O- and / or N-acyl groups of the stated C atom number and / or optionally substituted benzoyl groups. Preference is given to polyacylated alkylenediamines, in particular tetraacetylethylenediamine (TAED), acylated triazine derivatives, in particular 1,5-diacetyl-2,4-dioxohexahydro-1,3,5-triazine (DADHT), acylated glycolurils, in particular tetraacetylglycoluril (TAGU), N- acylimides, in particular N-nonanoylsuccinimide (NOSI), acylated phenolsulfonates, in particular n-nonanoyl or isononanoyloxybenzenesulfonate (n- or iso-NOBS), carboxylic anhydrides, in particular phthalic anhydride, acylated polyhydric alcohols, in particular triacetin, ethylene glycol diacetate, 2,5-diacetoxy-2, 5-dihydrofuran and from the German patent applications DE 19616693 A1 and DE 19616767 A1 known enol esters and acetylated sorbitol and mannitol or their in the European patent application EP 0525239 A1 mixtures described (SORMAN), acylated sugar derivatives, in particular pentaacetylglucose (PAG), pentaacetylfruktose, tetraacetylxylose and octaacetyllactose as well as acetylated, optionally N-alkylated glucamine and gluconolactone, and / or N-acylated lactams, for example N-benzoylcaprolactam, which are known from international patent applications WO 94/27970 . WO 94/28102 . WO 94/28103 . WO 95/00626 . WO 95/14759 and WO 95/17498 are known. The from the German patent application DE 19616769 A1 known hydrophilic substituted acyl acetals and in the German patent application DE 196 16 770 as well as the international patent application WO 95/14075 Acyllactame described are also preferably used. Also from the German patent application DE 4443177 A1 known combinations of conventional bleach activators can be used. Such bleach activators are contained in the customary amount range, preferably in amounts of from 1% by weight to 10% by weight, in particular from 2% by weight to 8% by weight, based on the total agent. In addition to or in place of the conventional bleach activators listed above, those disclosed in the European patents may also be used EP 0446982 B1 and EP 0453 003 B1 be known sulphonic imines and / or bleach-enhancing transition metal salts or transition metal complexes as so-called bleach catalysts. Among the candidate transition metal compounds include in particular from German patent application DE 19529905 A1 known manganese, iron, cobalt, ruthenium or molybdenum-salene complexes and their from the German patent application DE 19620267 A1 known N-analogues derived from the German patent application DE 19536082 A1 known manganese, iron, cobalt, ruthenium or molybdenum carbonyl complexes which are described in the German patent application DE 19605688 A1 described manganese, iron, cobalt, ruthenium, molybdenum, titanium, vanadium and copper complexes with nitrogen-containing tripod ligands, which from the German patent application DE 19620411 A1 known cobalt, iron, copper and ruthenium-amine complexes, which in the German patent application DE 4416438 A1 manganese, copper and cobalt complexes described in the European patent application EP 0272030 A1 Cobalt complexes described in the European patent application EP 0693550 A1 known manganese complexes from the European Patent EP 0392592 A1 known manganese, iron, cobalt and copper complexes and / or in the European patent EP 0443651 B1 or the European patent applications EP 0458397 A1 . EP 0458398 A1 . EP 0549271 A1 . EP 0549272 A1 . EP 0544490 A1 and EP 0544519 A1 described manganese complexes. combinations from bleach activators and transition metal bleach catalysts are, for example, from the German patent application DE 19613103 A1 and the international patent application WO 95/27775 known. Bleach-enhancing transition metal complexes, in particular having the central atoms Mn, Fe, Co, Cu, Mo, V, Ti and / or Ru, are used in customary amounts, preferably in an amount of up to 1% by weight, in particular 0.0025% by weight. % to 0.25 wt .-% and particularly preferably from 0.01 wt .-% to 0.1 wt .-%, each based on the total agent used.

Enzyme und Enzymstabilisatoren enzymes and enzyme stabilizers

Als Enzyme kommen insbesondere solche aus der Klasse der Hydrolasen, wie der Proteasen, Esterasen, Lipasen bzw. lipolytisch wirkenden Enzyme, Amylasen, Cellulasen bzw. andere Glykosylhydrolasen und Gemische der genannten Enzyme in Frage. Alle diese Hydrolasen tragen in der Wäsche zur Entfernung von Verfleckungen, wie protein-, fett- oder stärkehaltigen Verfleckungen, und Vergrauungen bei. Cellulasen und andere Glykosylhydrolasen können durch das Entfernen von Pilling und Mikrofibrillen zur Farberhaltung und zur Erhöhung der Weichheit des Textils beitragen. Zur Bleiche bzw. zur Hemmung der Farbübertragung können auch Oxidoreduktasen eingesetzt werden. Besonders gut geeignet sind aus Bakterienstämmen oder Pilzen, wie Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus licheniformis, Streptomyces griseus und Humicola insolens gewonnene enzymatische Wirkstoffe. Vorzugsweise werden Proteasen vom Subtilisin-Typ und insbesondere Proteasen, die aus Bacillus lentus gewonnen werden, eingesetzt. Dabei sind Enzymmischungen, beispielsweise aus Protease und Amylase oder Protease und Lipase bzw. lipolytisch wirkenden Enzymen oder Protease und Cellulase oder aus Cellulase und Lipase bzw. lipolytisch wirkenden Enzymen oder aus Protease, Amylase und Lipase bzw. lipolytisch wirkenden Enzymen oder Protease, Lipase bzw. lipolytisch wirkenden Enzymen und Cellulase, insbesondere jedoch Protease- und/oder Lipase-haltige Mischungen bzw. Mischungen mit lipolytisch wirkenden Enzymen von besonderem Interesse. Beispiele für derartige lipolytisch wirkende Enzyme sind die bekannten Cutinasen. Auch Peroxidasen oder Oxidasen haben sich in einigen Fällen als geeignet erwiesen. Zu den geeigneten Amylasen zählen insbesondere α-Amylasen, Iso-Amylasen, Pullulanasen und Pektinasen. Als Cellulasen werden vorzugsweise Cellobiohydrolasen, Endoglucanasen und β-Glucosidasen, die auch Cellobiasen genannt werden, bzw. Mischungen aus diesen eingesetzt. Da sich die verschiedenen Cellulase-Typen durch ihre CMCase- und Avicelase-Aktivitäten unterscheiden, können durch gezielte Mischungen der Cellulasen die gewünschten Aktivitäten eingestellt werden. Die Enzyme können ihrerseits ebenfalls an Trägerstoffen adsorbiert und/oder in Hüllsubstanzen eingebettet sein, um sie gegen vorzeitige Zersetzung zu schützen. Der Anteil der Enzyme, Enzymmischungen oder Enzymgranulate kann beispielsweise etwa 0,1 bis 5 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise 0,1 bis etwa 2 Gew.-% betragen.Suitable enzymes are, in particular, those from the class of the hydrolases, such as the proteases, esterases, lipases or lipolytic enzymes, amylases, cellulases or other glycosyl hydrolases and mixtures of the enzymes mentioned. All of these hydrolases in the wash contribute to the removal of stains such as proteinaceous, greasy or starchy stains, and graying. Cellulases and other glycosyl hydrolases can contribute to color retention and increase the softness of the fabric by removing pilling and microfibrils. It is also possible to use oxidoreductases for bleaching or inhibiting color transfer. Particularly suitable are enzymatic agents obtained from bacterial strains or fungi such as Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus licheniformis, Streptomyces griseus and Humicola insolens. Preferably, subtilisin-type proteases and in particular proteases derived from Bacillus lentus are used. In this case, enzyme mixtures, for example from protease and amylase or protease and lipase or lipolytic enzymes or protease and cellulase or from cellulase and lipase or lipolytic enzymes or from protease, amylase and lipase or lipolytic enzymes or protease, lipase or lipolytic enzymes and cellulase, but in particular protease and / or lipase-containing mixtures or mixtures with lipolytic enzymes of particular interest. Examples of such lipolytic enzymes are the known cutinases. Peroxidases or oxidases have also proved suitable in some cases. Suitable amylases include in particular α-amylases, iso-amylases, pullulanases and pectinases. As cellulases are preferably cellobiohydrolases, endoglucanases and β-glucosidases, which are also called cellobiases, or mixtures thereof used. Since the different cellulase types differ by their CMCase and avicelase activities, targeted mixtures of the cellulases can be used to set the desired activities. The enzymes may in turn be adsorbed to carriers and / or embedded in encapsulants to protect them against premature degradation. The proportion of enzymes, enzyme mixtures or enzyme granules may be, for example, about 0.1 to 5 wt .-%, preferably 0.1 to about 2 wt .-%.

Zusätzlich zu den mono- und polyfunktionellen Alkoholen können die Mittel weitere Enzymstabilisatoren enthalten. Beispielsweise können 0,5 bis 1 Gew.-% Natriumformiat eingesetzt werden. Möglich ist auch der Einsatz von Proteasen, die mit löslichen Calciumsalzen und einem Calciumgehalt von vorzugsweise etwa 1,2 Gew.-%, bezogen auf das Enzym, stabilisiert sind. Außer Calciumsalzen dienen auch Magnesiumsalze als Stabilisatoren. Besonders vorteilhaft ist jedoch der Einsatz von Borverbindungen, beispielsweise von Borsäure, Boroxid, Borax und anderen Alkalimetallboraten wie den Salzen der Orthoborsäure (H3BO3), der Metaborsäure (HBO2) und der Pyroborsäure (Tetraborsäure H2B4O7).In addition to the mono- and polyfunctional alcohols, the agents may contain other enzyme stabilizers. For example, 0.5 to 1 wt .-% sodium formate can be used. It is also possible to use proteases which are stabilized with soluble calcium salts and a calcium content of preferably about 1.2% by weight, based on the enzyme. In addition to calcium salts, magnesium salts also serve as stabilizers. However, it is particularly advantageous the use of boron compounds, such as boric acid, boron oxide, borax and other alkali metal borates such as the salts of orthoboric acid (H 3 BO 3 ), the metaboric acid (HBO 2 ) and the pyroboric acid (tetraboric H 2 B 4 O 7 ).

Vergrauungsinhibitoren graying

Vergrauungsinhibitoren haben die Aufgabe, den von der Faser abgelösten Schmutz in der Flotte suspendiert zu halten und so das Wiederaufziehen des Schmutzes zu verhindern. Hierzu sind wasserlösliche Kolloide meist organischer Natur geeignet, beispielsweise die wasserlöslichen Salze polymerer Carbonsäuren, Leim, Gelatine, Salze von Ethercarbonsäuren oder Ethersulfonsäuren der Stärke oder der Cellulose oder Salze von sauren Schwefelsäureestem der Cellulose oder der Stärke. Auch wasserlösliche, saure Gruppen enthaltende Polyamide sind für diesen Zweck geeignet. Weiterhin lassen sich lösliche Stärkepräparate und andere als die obengenannten Stärkeprodukte verwenden, z.B. abgebaute Stärke, Aldehydstärken usw. Auch Polyvinylpyrrolidon ist brauchbar. Bevorzugt werden jedoch Celluloseether, wie Carboxymethylcellulose (Na-Salz), Methylcellulose, Hydroxyalkylcellulose und Mischether, wie Methylhydroxyethylcellulose, Methylhydroxypropylcellulose, Methylcarboxymethylcellulose und deren Gemische, sowie Polyvinylpyrrolidon beispielsweise in Mengen von 0,1 bis 5 Gew.-%, bezogen auf die Mittel, eingesetzt.Grayness inhibitors have the task of keeping the dirt detached from the fiber suspended in the liquor and thus preventing the dirt from being rebuilt. Water-soluble colloids of mostly organic nature are suitable for this purpose, for example the water-soluble salts of polymeric carboxylic acids, glue, gelatin, salts of ether carboxylic acids or ether sulfonic acids of starch or cellulose or salts of acidic sulfuric acid esters of cellulose or starch. Also, water-soluble polyamides containing acidic groups are suitable for this purpose. Furthermore, soluble starch preparations and other than the above-mentioned starch products can be used, e.g. degraded starch, aldehyde levels, etc. Also polyvinylpyrrolidone is useful. However, preference is given to cellulose ethers, such as carboxymethylcellulose (sodium salt), methylcellulose, hydroxyalkylcellulose and mixed ethers, such as methylhydroxyethylcellulose, methylhydroxypropylcellulose, methylcarboxymethylcellulose and mixtures thereof, and polyvinylpyrrolidone, for example, in amounts of from 0.1 to 5% by weight, based on the compositions, used.

Optische Aufheller Optical brighteners

Die Mittel können als optische Aufheller Derivate der Diaminostilbendisulfonsäure bzw. deren Alkalimetallsalze enthalten. Geeignet sind z.B. Salze der 4,4'-Bis(2-anilino-4-morpholino-1,3,5-triazinyl-6-amino)stilben-2,2'-disulfonsäure oder gleichartig aufgebaute Verbindungen, die anstelle der Morpholino-Gruppe eine Diethanolaminogruppe, eine Methylaminogruppe, eine Anilinogruppe oder eine 2-Methoxyethylaminogruppe tragen. Weiterhin können Aufheller vom Typ der substituierten Diphenylstyryle anwesend sein, z.B. die Alkalisalze des 4,4'-Bis(2-sulfostyryl)-diphenyls, 4,4'-Bis(4-chlor-3-sulfostyryl)-diphenyls, oder 4-(4-Chlorstyryl)-4'-(2-sulfostyryl)-diphenyls. Auch Gemische der vorgenannten Aufheller können verwendet werden. Einheitlich weiße Granulate werden erhalten, wenn die Mittel außer den üblichen Aufhellern in üblichen Mengen, beispielsweise zwischen 0,1 und 0,5 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise zwischen 0,1 und 0,3 Gew.-%, auch geringe Mengen, beispielsweise 10-6 bis 10-3 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise um 10-5 Gew.-%, eines blauen Farbstoffs enthalten. Ein besonders bevorzugter Farbstoff ist Tinolux® (Handelsprodukt der Ciba-Geigy).The agents may contain as optical brighteners derivatives of Diaminostilbendisulfonsäure or their alkali metal salts. Suitable salts are, for example, salts of 4,4'-bis (2-anilino-4-morpholino-1,3,5-triazinyl-6-amino) stilbene-2,2'-disulphonic acid or compounds of similar construction which are used in place of the morpholino Group a Diethanolaminogruppe, a methylamino group, an anilino group or a 2-Methoxyethylaminogruppe carry. Furthermore, brighteners of the substituted diphenylstyrene type may be present, for example the alkali metal salts of 4,4'-bis (2-sulfostyryl) -diphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-chloro-3-sulfostyryl) -diphenyl, or (4-chlorostyryl) -4 '- (2-sulfostyryl). Mixtures of the aforementioned brightener can be used. Uniformly white granules are obtained when the means except the usual brighteners in conventional amounts, for example between 0.1 and 0.5 wt .-%, preferably between 0.1 and 0.3 wt .-%, even small amounts, for example 10 -6 to 10 -3 wt .-%, preferably by 10 -5 wt .-%, of a blue dye. A particularly preferred dye is Tinolux® (commercial product of Ciba-Geigy).

Entschäumer Defoamer

Als Entschäumer können wachsartige Verbindungen eingesetzt werden. Als "wachsartig" werden solche Verbindungen verstanden, die einen Schmelzpunkt bei Atmosphärendruck über 25 °C (Raumtemperatur), vorzugsweise über 50 °C und insbesondere über 70 °C aufweisen. Die wachsartigen Entschäumersubstanzen sind in Wasser praktisch nicht löslich, d.h. bei 20 °C weisen sie in 100 g Wasser eine Löslichkeit unter 0,1 Gew.-% auf. Prinzipiell können alle aus dem Stand der Technik bekannten wachsartigen Entschäumersubstanzen enthalten sein. Geeignete wachsartige Verbindungen sind beispielsweise Bisamide, Fettalkohole, Fettsäuren, Carbonsäureester von ein- und mehrwertigen Alkoholen sowie Paraffinwachse oder Mischungen derselben. Alternativ können natürlich auch die für diesen Zweck bekannten Silikonverbindungen eingesetzt werden.As defoamers waxy compounds can be used. "Waxy" is understood as meaning those compounds which have a melting point at atmospheric pressure above 25 ° C. (room temperature), preferably above 50 ° C. and in particular above 70 ° C. The waxy defoamer substances are practically insoluble in water, i. at 20 ° C in 100 g of water they have a solubility below 0.1 wt .-%. In principle, all known from the prior art waxy defoamer substances may be included. Suitable waxy compounds are, for example, bisamides, fatty alcohols, fatty acids, carboxylic esters of monohydric and polyhydric alcohols and paraffin waxes or mixtures thereof. Alternatively, it is of course also possible to use the silicone compounds known for this purpose.

Geeignete Paraffinwachse stellen im allgemeinen ein komplexes Stoffgemisch ohne scharfen Schmelzpunkt dar. Zur Charakterisierung bestimmt man üblicherweise seinen Schmelzbereich durch Differential-Thermo-Analyse (DTA), wie in " The Analyst" 87 (1962), 420 , beschrieben, und/oder seinen Erstarrungspunkt. Darunter versteht man die Temperatur, bei der das Paraffin durch langsames Abkühlen aus dem flüssigen in den festen Zustand übergeht. Dabei sind bei Raumtemperatur vollständig flüssige Paraffine, das heißt solche mit einem Erstarrungspunkt unter 25 °C, erfindungsgemäß nicht brauchbar. Zu den Weichwachsen, die einen Schmelzpunkt im Bereich von 35 bis 50 °C aufweisen, zählen vorzugsweise der Gruppe der Petrolate und deren Hydrierprodukte. Sie setzen sich aus mikrokristallinen Paraffinen und bis zu 70 Gew.-% Öl zusammen, besitzen eine salbenartige bis plastisch feste Konsistenz und stellen bitumenfreie Rückstände aus der Erdölverarbeitung dar. Besonders bevorzugt sind Destillationsrückstände (Petrolatumstock) bestimmter paraffinbasischer und gemischtbasischer Rohöle, die zu Vaseline weiterverarbeitet werden. Vorzugsweise handelt es sich weiterhin um aus Destillationsrückständen paraffin- und gemischtbasyischer Rohöle und Zylinderöldestillate mittels Lösungsmittel abgeschiedene bitumenfreie, ölartige bis feste Kohlenwasserstoffe. Sie sind von halbfester, zügiger, klebriger bis plastisch-fester Konsistenz und besitzen Schmelzpunkte zwischen 50 und 70 °C. Diese Petrolate stellen die wichtigste Ausgangsbasis für die Herstellung von Mikrowachsen dar. Weiterhin geeignet sind die aus hochviskosen, paraffinhaltigen Schmieröldestillaten bei der Entparaffinierung abgeschiedenen festen Kohlenwasserstoffen mit Schmelzpunkten zwischen 63 und 79 °C. Bei diesen Petrolaten handelt es sich um Gemische aus mikrokristallinen Wachsen und hochschmelzenden n-Paraffinen. Eingesetzt werden können beispielsweise die aus EP 0309931 A1 bekannten Paraffinwachsgemische aus beispielsweise 26 Gew.-% bis 49 Gew.-% mikrokristallinem Paraffinwachs mit einem Erstarrungspunkt von 62 °C bis 90 °C, 20 Gew.-% bis 49 Gew.-% Hartparaffin mit einem Erstarrungspunkt von 42 °C bis 56 °C und 2 Gew.-% bis 25 Gew.-% Weichparaffin mit einem Erstarrungspunkt von 35 °C bis 40 °C. Vorzugsweise werden Paraffine bzw. Paraffingemische verwendet, die im Bereich von 30 °C bis 90 °C erstarren. Dabei ist zu beachten, dass auch bei Raumtemperatur fest erscheinende Paraffinwachsgemische unterschiedliche Anteile an flüssigem Paraffin enthalten können. Bei den erfindungsgemäß brauchbaren Paraffinwachsen liegt dieser Flüssiganteil so niedrig wie möglich und fehlt vorzugsweise ganz. So weisen besonders bevorzugte Paraffinwachsgemische bei 30 °C einen Flüssiganteil von unter 10 Gew.-%, insbesondere von 2 Gew.-% bis 5 Gew.-%, bei 40 °C einen Flüssiganteil von unter 30 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise von 5 Gew.-% bis 25 Gew.-% und insbesondere von 5 Gew.-% bis 15 Gew.-%, bei 60 °C einen Flüssiganteil von 30 Gew.-% bis 60 Gew.-%, insbesondere von 40 Gew.-% bis 55 Gew.-%, bei 80 °C einen Flüssiganteil von 80 Gew.-% bis 100 Gew.-%, und bei 90 °C einen Flüssiganteil von 100 Gew.-% auf. Die Temperatur, bei der ein Flüssiganteil von 100 Gew.-% des Paraffinwachses erreicht wird, liegt bei besonders bevorzugten Paraffinwachsgemischen noch unter 85 °C, insbesondere bei 75 °C bis 82 °C. Bei den Paraffinwachsen kann es sich um Petrolatum, mikrokristalline Wachse bzw. hydrierte oder partiell hydrierte Paraffinwachse handeln.Suitable paraffin waxes generally represent a complex mixture without a sharp melting point. For characterization is usually determined its melting range by differential thermal analysis (DTA), as in " The Analyst "87 (1962), 420 , described, and / or its solidification point. This is the temperature at which the paraffin passes from the liquid to the solid state by slow cooling. In this case, at room temperature completely liquid paraffins, that is those with a solidification point below 25 ° C, according to the invention not useful. Soft waxes having a melting point in the range of 35 to 50 ° C preferably include the group of petrolates and their hydrogenation products. They are composed of microcrystalline paraffins and up to 70 wt .-% oil, have an ointment-like plastic to solid consistency and represent bitumen-free residues from petroleum processing. Particularly preferred are distillation residues (Petrolatumstock) certain paraffin-based and mixed basic crude oils, which is further processed to Vaseline become. Preference is furthermore given to distillate residues of paraffin and mixed basic crude oils and cylinder oil distillates by means of solvent-deposited bitumen-free, oily to solid hydrocarbons. They are of semi-solid, rapid, sticky to plastic-solid consistency and have melting points between 50 and 70 ° C. These petrolates represent the most important starting point for the production of microwaxes. Also suitable are the solid hydrocarbons deposited from high-viscosity, paraffin-containing lubricating oil distillates during the dewaxing, with melting points between 63 and 79.degree. These petrolatum are mixtures of microcrystalline waxes and refractory n-paraffins. For example, those can be used EP 0309931 A1 known paraffin wax mixtures of, for example, 26 wt .-% to 49 wt .-% microcrystalline paraffin wax having a freezing point of 62 ° C to 90 ° C, 20 wt .-% to 49 wt .-% hard paraffin with a solidification point of 42 ° C to 56 ° C and 2 wt .-% to 25 wt .-% soft paraffin with a solidification point of 35 ° C to 40 ° C. Preferably, paraffins or paraffin mixtures are used which solidify in the range of 30 ° C to 90 ° C. It should be noted that even at room temperature appearing paraffin wax mixtures may contain different proportions of liquid paraffin. In the case of the paraffin waxes which can be used according to the invention, this liquid fraction is as low as possible and is preferably completely absent. Thus, particularly preferred paraffin wax mixtures at 30 ° C have a liquid content of less than 10 wt .-%, in particular from 2 wt .-% to 5 wt .-%, at 40 ° C, a liquid content of less than 30 wt .-%, preferably from 5 Wt .-% to 25 wt .-% and in particular from 5 wt .-% to 15 wt .-%, at 60 ° C, a liquid content of 30 wt .-% to 60 wt .-%, in particular of 40 wt .-%. % to 55 wt .-%, at 80 ° C, a liquid content of 80 wt .-% to 100 wt .-%, and at 90 ° C, a liquid content of 100 wt .-% to. The temperature at which a liquid content of 100% by weight of the paraffin wax is reached is, in the case of particularly preferred paraffin wax mixtures, still below 85 ° C., in particular at 75 ° C. to 82 ° C. The paraffin waxes may be petrolatum, microcrystalline waxes or hydrogenated or partially hydrogenated paraffin waxes.

Geeignete Bisamide als Entschäumer sind solche, die sich von gesättigten Fettsäuren mit 12 bis 22, vorzugsweise 14 bis 18 C-Atomen sowie von Alkylendiaminen mit 2 bis 7 C-Atomen ableiten. Geeignete Fettsäuren sind Laurin-, Myristin-, Stearin-, Arachin- und Behensäure sowie deren Gemische, wie sie aus natürlichen Fetten beziehungsweise gehärteten Ölen, wie Talg oder hydriertem Palmöl, erhältlich sind. Geeignete Diamine sind beispielsweise Ethylendiamin, 1,3-Propylendiamin, Tetramethylendiamin, Pentamethylendiamin, Hexamethylendiamin, p-Phenylendiamin und Toluylendiamin. Bevorzugte Diamine sind Ethylendiamin und Hexamethylendiamin. Besonders bevorzugte Bisamide sind Bismyristoylethylendiamin, Bispalmitoylethylendiamin, Bisstearoylethylendiamin und deren Gemische sowie die entsprechenden Derivate des HexamethylendiaminsSuitable bisamides as defoamers are those which are derived from saturated fatty acids containing 12 to 22, preferably 14 to 18, carbon atoms and alkylenediamines having 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Suitable fatty acids are lauric, myristic, stearic, arachic and behenic acid and mixtures thereof, such as those obtainable from natural fats or hardened oils, such as tallow or hydrogenated palm oil. Suitable diamines are, for example, ethylenediamine, 1,3-propylenediamine, tetramethylenediamine, pentamethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine and toluenediamine. Preferred diamines are ethylenediamine and hexamethylenediamine. Particularly preferred bisamides are bis-myristoylethylenediamine, bispalmitoylethylenediamine, bisstearoylethylenediamine and mixtures thereof and the corresponding derivatives of hexamethylenediamine

Geeignete Carbonsäureester als Entschäumer leiten sich von Carbonsäuren mit 12 bis 28 Kohlenstoffatomen ab. Insbesondere handelt es sich um Ester von Behensäure, Stearinsäure, Hydroxystearinsäure, Ölsäure, Palmitinsäure, Myristinsäure und/oder Laurinsäure. Der Alkoholteil des Carbonsäureesters enthält einen ein- oder mehrwertigen Alkohol mit 1 bis 28 Kohlenstoffatomen in der Kohlenwasserstoffkette. Beispiele von geeigneten Alkoholen sind Behenylalkohol, Arachidylalkohol, Kokosalkohol, 12-Hydroxystearylalkohol, Oleylalkohol und Laurylalkohol sowie Ethylenglykol, Glycerin, Polyvinylalkohol, Saccharose, Erythrit, Pentaerythrit, Sorbitan und/oder Sorbit. Bevorzugte Ester sind solche von Ethylenglykol, Glycerin und Sorbitan, wobei der Säureteil des Esters insbesondere aus Behensäure, Stearinsäure, Ölsäure, Palmitinsäure oder Myristinsäure ausgewählt wird. In Frage kommende Ester mehrwertiger Alkohole sind beispielsweise Xylitmonopalmitat, Pentarythritmonostearat, Glycerinmonostearat, Ethylenglykolmonostearat und Sorbitanmonostearat, Sorbitanpalmitat, Sorbitanmonolaurat, Sorbitandilaurat, Sorbitandistearat, Sorbitandibehenat, Sorbitandioleat sowie gemischte Talgalkylsorbitanmono- und -diester. Brauchbare Glycerinester sind die Mono-, Di- oder Triester von Glycerin und genannten Carbonsäuren, wobei die Mono- oder Dieester bevorzugt sind. Glycerinmonostearat, Glycerinmonooleat, Glycerinmonopalmitat, Glycerinmonobehenat und Glycerindistearat sind Beispiele hierfür. Beispiele für geeignete natürliche Ester als Entschäumer sind Bienenwachs, das hauptsächlich aus den Estern CH3(CH2)24COO(CH2)27CH3 und CH3(CH2)26COO(CH2)25CH3 besteht, und Carnaubawachs, das ein Gemisch von Camaubasäurealkylestem, oft in Kombination mit geringen Anteilen freier Camaubasäure, weiteren langkettigen Säuren, hochmolekularen Alkoholen und Kohlenwasserstoffen, ist.Suitable carboxylic esters as defoamers are derived from carboxylic acids having 12 to 28 carbon atoms. In particular, they are esters of behenic acid, stearic acid, hydroxystearic acid, oleic acid, palmitic acid, myristic acid and / or lauric acid. The alcohol portion of the carboxylic acid ester contains a monohydric or polyhydric alcohol having 1 to 28 carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon chain. Examples of suitable alcohols are behenyl alcohol, arachidyl alcohol, coconut oil, 12-hydroxystearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol and lauryl alcohol and also ethylene glycol, glycerol, polyvinyl alcohol, sucrose, erythritol, pentaerythritol, sorbitan and / or sorbitol. Preferred esters are those of ethylene glycol, glycerol and sorbitan, wherein the acid portion of the ester is selected in particular from behenic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, palmitic acid or myristic acid. Suitable esters of polyhydric alcohols are, for example, xylitol monopalmitate, pentarythritol monostearate, glycerol monostearate, ethylene glycol monostearate and sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan palmitate, sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan dilaurate, sorbitan distearate, sorbitan dibehenate, sorbitan dioleate and mixed tallow alkyl sorbitan mono- and diesters. Useful glycerol esters are the mono-, di- or triesters of glycerol and said carboxylic acids, the mono- or diesters being preferred. Glycerol monostearate, glycerol monooleate, glycerol monopalmitate, glycerol monobehenate and glyceryl distearate are examples of this. Examples of suitable natural esters as defoamers are beeswax, which consists mainly of the esters CH 3 (CH 2 ) 24 COO (CH 2 ) 27 CH 3 and CH 3 (CH 2 ) 26 COO (CH 2 ) 25 CH 3 , and carnauba wax , which is a mixture of carnaubaic acid alkyl esters, often in combination with low levels of free carnaubaic acid, other long chain acids, high molecular weight alcohols and hydrocarbons.

Geeignete Carbonsäuren als weitere Entschäumerverbindung sind insbesondere Behensäure, Stearinsäure, Ölsäure, Palmitinsäure, Myristinsäure und Laurinsäure sowie deren Gemische, wie sie aus natürlichen Fetten bzw. gegebenenfalls gehärteten Ölen, wie Talg oder hydriertem Palmöl, erhältlich sind. Bevorzugt sind gesättigte Fettsäuren mit 12 bis 22, insbesondere 18 bis 22 C-Atomen. In gleicher Weise können die entsprechenden Fettalkohole gleicher C-Kettenlänge eingesetzt werden.Suitable carboxylic acids as further defoamer compound are, in particular, behenic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, palmitic acid, myristic acid and lauric acid, and mixtures thereof, which are obtainable from natural fats or optionally hardened oils, such as tallow or hydrogenated palm oil. Preferred are saturated fatty acids having 12 to 22, in particular 18 to 22 C-atoms. In the same way, the corresponding fatty alcohols of the same C chain length can be used.

Weiterhin können zusätzlich Dialkylether als Entschäumer enthalten sein. Die Ether können asymmetrisch oder aber symmetrisch aufgebaut sein, d.h. zwei gleiche oder verschiedene Alkylketten, vorzugsweise mit 8 bis 18 Kohlenstoffatomen enthalten. Typische Beispiele sind Di-n-octylether, Dii-octylether und Di-n-stearylether, insbesondere geeignet sind Dialkylether, die einen Schmelzpunkt über 25 °C, insbesondere über 40 °C aufweisen.Furthermore, dialkyl ethers may additionally be present as defoamers. The ethers may be asymmetric or symmetric, i. contain two identical or different alkyl chains, preferably having 8 to 18 carbon atoms. Typical examples are di-n-octyl ether, di-octyl ether and di-n-stearyl ether, particularly suitable are dialkyl ethers having a melting point above 25 ° C, in particular above 40 ° C.

Weitere geeignete Entschäumerverbindungen sind Fettketone, die nach den einschlägigen Methoden der präparativen organischen Chemie erhalten werden können. Zu ihrer Herstellung geht man beispielsweise von Carbonsäuremagnesiumsalzen aus, die bei Temperaturen oberhalb von 300 °C unter Abspaltung von Kohlendioxid und Wasser pyrolysiert werden, beispielsweise gemäß der deutschen Offenlegungsschrift DE 2553900 OS. Geeignete Fettketone sind solche, die durch Pyrolyse der Magnesiumsalze von Laurinsäure, Myristinsäure, Palmitinsäure, Palmitoleinsäure, Stearinsäure, Ölsäure, Elaidinsäure, Petroselinsäure, Arachinsäure, Gadoleinsäure, Behensäure oder Erucasäure hergestellt werden.Further suitable defoamer compounds are fatty ketones, which can be obtained by the relevant methods of preparative organic chemistry. For their preparation, one starts, for example, from carboxylic acid magnesium salts, which are pyrolyzed at temperatures above 300 ° C with elimination of carbon dioxide and water, for example according to the German Offenlegungsschrift DE 2553900 OS. Suitable fatty ketones are those prepared by pyrolysis of the magnesium salts of lauric, myristic, palmitic, palmitoleic, stearic, oleic, elaidic, petroselic, arachidic, gadoleic, behenic or erucic acid.

Weitere geeignete Entschäumer sind Fettsäurepolyethylenglykolester, die vorzugsweise durch basisch homogen katalysierte Anlagerung von Ethylenoxid an Fettsäuren erhalten werden. lnsbesondere erfolgt die Anlagerung von Ethylenoxid an die Fettsäuren in Gegenwart von Alkanolaminen als Katalysatoren. Der Einsatz von Alkanolaminen, speziell Triethanolamin, führt zu einer äußerst selektiven Ethoxylierung der Fettsäuren, insbesondere dann, wenn es darum geht, niedrig ethoxylierte Verbindungen herzustellen. Innerhalb der Gruppe der Fettsäurepolyethylenglykolester werden solche bevorzugt, die einen Schmelzpunkt über 25 °C, insbesondere über 40 °C aufweisen.Further suitable defoamers are fatty acid polyethylene glycol esters, which are preferably obtained by basic homogeneously catalyzed addition of ethylene oxide to fatty acids. In particular, the addition of ethylene oxide to the fatty acids takes place in the presence of alkanolamines as catalysts. The use of alkanolamines, especially triethanolamine, results in extremely selective ethoxylation of the fatty acids, especially when it comes to producing low ethoxylated compounds. Within the group of fatty acid polyethylene glycol esters, preference is given to those which have a melting point above 25 ° C., in particular above 40 ° C.

Innerhalb der Gruppe der wachsartigen Entschäumer werden besonders bevorzugt die beschriebenen Paraffinwachse alleine als wachsartige Entschäumer eingesetzt oder in Mischungen mit einem der anderen wachsartigen Entschäumer, wobei der Anteil der Paraffinwachse in der Mischung vorzugsweise über 50 Gew.-% - bezogen auf wachsartige Entschäumermischung - ausmacht. Die Paraffinwachse können bei Bedarf auf Träger aufgebracht sein. Als Trägermaterial sind alle bekannten anorganischen und/oder organischen Trägermaterialien geeignet. Beispiele für typische anorganische Trägermaterialien sind Alkalicarbonate, Alumosilicate, wasserlösliche Schichtsilicate, Alkalisilicate, Alkalisulfate, beispielsweise Natriumsulfat, und Alkaliphosphate. Bei den Alkalisilicaten handelt es sich vorzugsweise um eine Verbindung mit einem Molverhältnis Alkalioxid zu SiO2 von 1 : 1,5 bis 1 : 3,5. Die Verwendung derartiger Silicate resultiert in besonders guten Komeigenschaften, insbesondere hoher Abriebsstabilität und dennoch hoher Auflösungsgeschwindigkeit in Wasser. Zu den als Trägermaterial bezeichneten Alumosilicaten gehören insbesondere die Zeolithe, beispielsweise Zeolith NaA und NaX. Zu den als wasserlöslichen Schichtsilicaten bezeichneten Verbindungen gehören beispielsweise amorphes oder kristallines Wasserglas. Weiterhin können Silicate Verwendung finden, welche unter der Bezeichnung Aerosil® oder Sipernat® im Handel sind. Als organische Trägermaterialien kommen zum Beispiel filmbildende Polymere, beispielsweise Polyvinylalkohole, Polyvinylpyrrolidone, Poly(meth)acrylate, Polycarboxylate, Cellulosederivate und Stärke in Frage. Brauchbare Celluloseether sind insbesondere Alkalicarboxymethylcellulose, Methylcellulose, Ethylcellulose, Hydroxyethylcellulose und sogenannte Cellulosemischether, wie zum Beispiel Methylhydroxyethylcellulose und Methylhydroxypropylcellulose, sowie deren Mischungen. Besonders geeignete Mischungen sind aus Natrium-Carboxymethylcellulose und Methylcellulose zusammengesetzt, wobei die Carboxymethylcellulose üblicherweise einen Substitutionsgrad von 0,5 bis 0,8 Carboxymethylgruppen pro Anhydroglukoseeinheit und die Methylcellulose einen Substitutionsgrad von 1,2 bis 2 Methylgruppen pro Anhydroglukoseeinheit aufweist. Die Gemische enthalten vorzugsweise Alkalicarboxymethylcellulose und nichtionischen Celluloseether in Gewichtsverhältnissen von 80 : 20 bis 40 : 60, insbesondere von 75 : 25 bis 50 : 50. Als Träger ist auch native Stärke geeignet, die aus Amylose und Amylopectin aufgebaut ist. Als native Stärke wird Stärke bezeichnet, wie sie als Extrakt aus natürlichen Quellen zugänglich ist, beispielsweise aus Reis, Kartoffeln, Mais und Weizen. Native Stärke ist ein handelsübliches Produkt und damit leicht zugänglich. Als Trägermaterialien können einzeln oder mehrere der vorstehend genannten Verbindungen eingesetzt werden, insbesondere ausgewählt aus der Gruppe der Alkalicarbonate, Alkalisulfate, Alkaliphosphate, Zeolithe, wasserlösliche Schichtsilicate, Alkalisilicate, Polycarboxylate, Celluloseether, Polyacrylat/Polymethacrylat und Stärke. Besonders geeignet sind Mischungen von Alkalicarbonaten, insbesondere Natriumcarbonat, Alkalisilicaten, insbesondere Natriumsilicat, Alkalisulfaten, insbesondere Natriumsulfat und Zeolithen.Within the group of waxy defoamers, the paraffin waxes described are particularly preferably used alone as waxy defoamers or in mixtures with one of the other waxy defoamers, wherein the proportion of paraffin waxes in the mixture is preferably more than 50% by weight, based on waxy defoamer mixture. The paraffin waxes can be applied to carriers as needed. As carrier material, all known inorganic and / or organic carrier materials are suitable. Examples of typical inorganic carrier materials are alkali metal carbonates, aluminosilicates, water-soluble phyllosilicates, alkali metal silicates, alkali metal sulphates, for example sodium sulphate, and alkali metal phosphates. The alkali metal silicates are preferably a compound having a molar ratio of alkali metal oxide to SiO 2 of from 1: 1.5 to 1: 3.5. The use of such silicates results in particularly good Komeigenschaften, in particular high abrasion stability and yet high dissolution rate in water. The aluminosilicates referred to as support material include, in particular, the zeolites, for example zeolite NaA and NaX. The compounds referred to as water-soluble layered silicates include, for example, amorphous or crystalline water glass. Furthermore, silicates can be used, which are under the name Aerosil® or Sipernat® commercially. Suitable organic support materials are, for example, film-forming polymers, for example polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinylpyrrolidones, poly (meth) acrylates, polycarboxylates, cellulose derivatives and starch. Useful cellulose ethers are, in particular, alkali metal carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose and so-called cellulose mixed ethers, such as, for example, methylhydroxyethylcellulose and methylhydroxypropylcellulose, and mixtures thereof. Particularly suitable mixtures are composed of sodium carboxymethylcellulose and methylcellulose, wherein the carboxymethylcellulose usually has a degree of substitution of 0.5 to 0.8 carboxymethyl groups per anhydroglucose unit and the methylcellulose has a degree of substitution of 1.2 to 2 methyl groups per anhydroglucose unit. The mixtures preferably contain alkali metal carboxymethylcellulose and nonionic cellulose ethers in weight ratios of from 80:20 to 40:60, in particular from 75:25 to 50:50. Native starch composed of amylose and amylopectin is also suitable as the carrier. Native starch is starch, as it is available as an extract from natural sources, such as rice, potatoes, corn and wheat. Native starch is a commercial product and thus easily accessible. As carrier materials, one or more of the abovementioned compounds can be used, in particular selected from the group of alkali metal carbonates, alkali metal sulphates, alkali metal phosphates, zeolites, water-soluble phyllosilicates, alkali silicates, polycarboxylates, cellulose ethers, polyacrylate / polymethacrylate and starch. Particularly suitable are mixtures of alkali metal carbonates, in particular sodium carbonate, alkali metal silicates, in particular sodium silicate, alkali metal sulphates, in particular sodium sulphate and zeolites.

Geeignete Silicone sind übliche Organopolysiloxane, die einen Gehalt an feinteiliger Kieselsäure, die wiederum auch silaniert sein kann, aufweisen können. Derartige Organopolysiloxane sind beispielsweise in der Europäischen Patentanmeldung EP 0496510 A1 beschrieben. Besonders bevorzugt sind Polydiorganosiloxane und insbesondere Polydimethylsiloxane, die aus dem Stand der Technik bekannt sind. Geeignete Polydiorganosiloxane weisen eine nahezu lineare Kette auf und weisen einen Oligomerisierungsgrad von 40 bis 1500 auf. Beispiele für geeignete Substituenten sind Methyl, Ethyl, Propyl, Isobutyl, tert. Butyl und Phenyl. Weiterhin geeignet sind amino-, fettsäure-, alkohol-, polyether-, epoxy-, fluor-, glykosid- und/oder alkylmodifizierte Siliconverbindungen, die bei Raumtemperatur sowohl flüssig als auch harzförmig vorliegen können. Weiterhin geeignet sind Simethicone, bei denen es sich um Mischungen aus Dimethiconen mit einer durchschnittlichen Kettenlänge von 200 bis 300 Dimethylsiloxan-Einheiten und hydrierten Silicaten handelt. In der Regel enthalten die Silicone im allgemeinen und die Polydiorganosiloxane im besonderen feinteilige Kieselsäure, die auch silaniert sein kann. Insbesondere geeignet sind im Sinne der vorliegenden Erfindung kieselsäurehaltige Dimethylpolysiloxane. Vorteilhafterweise haben die Polydiorganosiloxane eine Viskosität nach Brookfield bei 25 °C (Spindel 1, 10 Upm) im Bereich von 5000 mPas bis 30 000 mPas, insbesondere von 15 000 bis 25 000 mPas. Vorzugsweise werden die Silicone in Form ihrer wäßrigen Emulsionen eingesetzt. In der Regel gibt man das Silicon zu vorgelegtem Wasser unter Rühren. Falls gewünscht kann man zur Erhöhung der Viskosität der wässrigen Siliconemulsionen Verdickungsmittel, wie sie aus dem Stand der Technik bekannt sind, zugeben. Diese können anorganischer und/oder organischer Natur sein, besonders bevorzugt werden nichtionische Celluloseether wie Methylcellulose, Ethylcellulose und Mischether wie Methylhydoxyethylcellulose, Methylhydroxypropylcellulose, Methylhydroxybutylcellulose sowie anionische Carboxycellulose-Typen wie das Carboxymethylcellulose-Natriumsalz (Abkürzung CMC). Insbsonders geeignete Verdicker sind Mischungen von CMC zu nicht-ionischen Celluloseethern im Gewichtsverhältnis 80 : 20 bis 40 : 60, insbesondere 75 : 25 bis 60 : 40. In der Regel und besonders bei Zugabe der beschriebenen Verdickermischungen empfehlen sich Einsatzkonzentrationen von cirka 0,5 bis 10, insbesondere von 2,0 bis 6 Gew.-% - berechnet als Verdickermischung und bezogen auf wässrige Siliconemulsion. Die Gehalt an Siliconen der beschriebenen Art in den wässrigen Emulsionen liegt vorteilhafterweise im Bereich von 5 bis 50 Gew.-%, insbesondere von 20 bis 40 Gew.-% - berechnet als Silicone und bezogen auf wäßrige Siliconemulsion. Nach einer weiteren vorteilhaften Ausgestaltung erhalten die wäßrigen Siliconlösungen als Verdicker Stärke, die aus natürlichen Quellen zugänglich ist, beispielsweise aus Reis, Kartoffeln, Mais und Weizen. Die Stärke ist vorteilhafterweise in Mengen von 0,1 bis zu 50 Gew.-% - bezogen auf Silicon-Emulsion - enthalten und insbesondere in Mischung mit den schon beschriebenen Verdickermischungen aus Natrium-Carboxymethylcellulose und einem nichtionischen Celluloseether in den schon genannten Mengen. Zur Herstellung der wässrigen Siliconemulsionen geht man zweckmäßigerweise so vor, dass man die gegebenenfalls vorhandenen Verdickungsmittel in Wasser vorquellen lässt, bevor die Zugabe der Silicone erfolgt. Das Einarbeiten der Silicone erfolgt zweckmäßigerweise mit Hilfe wirksamer Rühr- und Mischungsvorrichtungen.Suitable silicones are customary organopolysiloxanes which may have a finely divided silica content, which in turn may also be silanated. Such organopolysiloxanes are for example in the European patent application EP 0496510 A1 described. Particularly preferred are polydiorganosiloxanes and especially polydimethylsiloxanes known in the art. Suitable polydiorganosiloxanes have a nearly linear chain and have a degree of oligomerization of 40 to 1500. Examples of suitable substituents are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isobutyl, tert. Butyl and phenyl. Also suitable are amino-, fatty acid-, alcohol-, polyether-, epoxy-, fluoro-, glycoside- and / or alkyl-modified silicone compounds which may be both liquid and resinous at room temperature. Also suitable are simethicones, which are mixtures of dimethicones having an average chain length of from 200 to 300 dimethylsiloxane units and hydrogenated silicates. In general, the silicones in general and the polydiorganosiloxanes in particular contain finely divided silica, which may also be silanated. Especially suitable for the purposes of the present invention are siliceous dimethyl polysiloxanes. Advantageously, the polydiorganosiloxanes have a Brookfield viscosity at 25 ° C (spindle 1, 10 rpm) in the range from 5000 mPas to 30,000 mPas, in particular from 15,000 to 25,000 mPas. Preferably, the silicones are used in the form of their aqueous emulsions. In general, the silicone is added to the initially charged water with stirring. If desired, thickening agents known in the art may be added to increase the viscosity of the aqueous silicone emulsions. These may be inorganic and / or organic in nature, particular preference is given to nonionic cellulose ethers such as methylcellulose, ethylcellulose and mixed ethers such as methylhydoxyethylcellulose, methylhydroxypropylcellulose, methylhydroxybutylcellulose and anionic carboxycellulose types such as the carboxymethylcellulose sodium salt (abbreviation CMC). Particularly suitable thickeners are mixtures of CMC to nonionic cellulose ethers in a weight ratio of 80:20 to 40:60, in particular 75:25 to 60:40. As a rule, and especially when adding the described thickener mixtures, use concentrations of approximately 0.5 to 10, in particular from 2.0 to 6 wt .-% - calculated as a thickener mixture and based on aqueous silicone emulsion. The content of silicones of the type described in the aqueous emulsions is advantageously in the range of 5 to 50 wt .-%, in particular from 20 to 40 wt .-% - calculated as silicones and based on aqueous silicone emulsion. According to a further advantageous embodiment, the aqueous silicone solutions as thickener starch, which is accessible from natural sources, such as rice, potatoes, corn and wheat. The starch is advantageously present in amounts of from 0.1 to 50% by weight, based on the silicone emulsion, and in particular in a mixture with the already described thickener mixtures of sodium carboxymethylcellulose and a nonionic cellulose ether in the quantities already mentioned. For the preparation of the aqueous silicone emulsions, it is expedient to proceed in such a way that the optionally present Pre-thicken the thickener in water before adding the silicones. The incorporation of the silicones is expediently carried out with the aid of effective stirring and mixing devices.

Sprengmittel Explosives

Die festen Mittel können des weiteren Spreng- oder Desintegrationsmittel enthalten. Hierunter sind Stoffe zu verstehen, die den Formkörpern zugegeben werden, um deren Zerfall beim Inkontaktbringen mit Wasser zu beschleunigen. Übersichten hierzu finden sich z.B. in J.Pharm.Sci. 61 (1972 ), Römpp Chemilexikon, 9. Auflage, Band 6, S. 4440 sowie und Voigt "Lehrbuch der pharmazeutischen Technologie" (6. Auflage, 1987, S. 182-184 ). Diese Stoffe vergrößern bei Wasserzutritt ihr Volumen, wobei einerseits das Eigenvolumen vergrößert (Quellung), andererseits auch über die Freisetzung von Gasen ein Druck erzeugt werden kann, der die Tablette in kleinere Partikel zerfallen lässt. Altbekannte Desintegrationshilfsmittel sind beispielsweise Carbonat/Citronensäure-Systeme, wobei auch andere organische Säuren eingesetzt werden können. Quellende Desintegrationshilfsmittel sind beispielsweise synthetische Polymere wie gegebenenfalls quervernetztes Polyvinylpyrrolidon (PVP) oder natürliche Polymere bzw. modifizierte Naturstoffe wie Cellulose und Stärke und ihre Derivate, Alginate oder Casein-Derivate. Als bevorzugte Desintegrationsmittel werden im Rahmen der vorliegenden Erfindung Desintegrationsmittel auf Cellulosebasis eingesetzt. Reine Cellulose weist die formale Bruttozusammensetzung (C6H10O5)n auf und stellt formal betrachtet ein β-1,4-Polyacetal von Cellobiose dar, die ihrerseits aus zwei Molekülen Glucose aufgebaut ist. Geeignete Cellulosen bestehen dabei aus ca. 500 bis 5000 Glucose-Einheiten und haben demzufolge durchschnittliche Molmassen von 50.000 bis 500.000. Als Desintegrationsmittel auf Cellulosebasis verwendbar sind im Rahmen der vorliegenden Erfindung auch Cellulose-Derivate, die durch polymeranaloge Reaktionen aus Cellulose erhältlich sind. Solche chemisch modifizierten Cellulosen umfassen dabei beispielsweise Produkte aus Veresterungen bzw. Veretherungen, in denen Hydroxy-Wasserstoffatome substituiert wurden. Aber auch Cellulosen, in denen die Hydroxylgruppen gegen funktionelle Gruppen, die nicht über ein Sauerstoffatom gebunden sind, ersetzt wurden, lassen sich als Cellulosederivate einsetzen. In die Gruppe der Cellulosederivate fallen beispielsweise Alkalicellulosen, Carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), Celluloseester und -ether sowie Aminocellulosen. Die genannten Cellulosederivate werden vorzugsweise nicht allein als Sprengmittel auf Cellulosebasis eingesetzt, sondern in Mischung mit Cellulose verwendet. Der Gehalt dieser Mischungen an Cellulosederivaten beträgt vorzugsweise unterhalb 50 Gew.-%, besonders bevorzugt unterhalb 20 Gew.-%, bezogen auf das Desintegrationsmittel auf Cellulosebasis. Besonders bevorzugt wird als Desintegrationsmittel auf Cellulosebasis reine Cellulose eingesetzt, die frei von Cellulosederivaten ist. Als weiteres Desintegrationsmittel auf Cellulosebasis oder als Bestandteil dieser Komponente kann mikrokristalline Cellulose verwendet werden. Diese mikrokristalline Cellulose wird durch partielle Hydrolyse von Cellulosen unter solchen Bedingungen erhalten, die nur die amorphen Bereiche (ca. 30% der Gesamt-Cellulosemasse) der Cellulosen angreifen und vollständig auflösen, die kristallinen Bereiche (ca. 70%) aber unbeschadet lassen. Eine nachfolgende Desaggregation der durch die Hydrolyse entstehenden mikrofeinen Cellulosen liefert die mikrokristallinen Cellulosen, die Primärteilchengrößen von ca. 5 µm aufweisen und beispielsweise zu Granulaten mit einer mittleren Teilchengröße von 200 µm kompaktierbar sind. Die Sprengmittel können im Formkörper makroskopisch betrachtet homogen verteilt vorliegen, mikroskopisch gesehen bilden sie jedoch herstellungsbedingt Zonen erhöhter Konzentration. Sprengmittel, die im Sinne der Erfindung zugegen sein können, wie z.B. Kollidon, Alginsäure und deren Alkalisalze, amorphe oder auch teilweise kristalline Schichtsilicate (Bentonite), Polyacrylate, Polyethylenglycole sind beispielsweise den Druckschriften WO 98/40462 (Rettenmaier ), WO 98/55583 und WO 98/55590 (Unilever ) und WO 98/40463 , DE 19709991 und DE 19710254 (Henkel ) zu entnehmen. Auf die Lehre dieser Schriften wird ausdrücklich Bezug genommen. Die Formkörper können die Sprengmittel in Mengen von 0,1 bis 25, vorzugsweise 1 bis 20 und insbesondere 5 bis 15 Gew.-% - bezogen auf die Formkörper enthalten.The solid agents may further contain disintegrants or disintegrants. These are substances which are added to the shaped bodies in order to accelerate their decomposition upon contact with water. Overviews can be found eg in J. Pharm. 61 (1972 ) Römpp Chemilexikon, 9th Edition, Volume 6, p. 4440 as well as and Voigt "textbook of pharmaceutical technology" (6th edition, 1987, pp. 182-184 ). These substances increase their volume upon ingress of water, whereby on the one hand the intrinsic volume increases (swelling), on the other hand a pressure can be generated by the release of gases which causes the tablet to disintegrate into smaller particles. Well-known disintegration aids are, for example, carbonate / citric acid systems, although other organic acids can also be used. Swelling disintegration aids are, for example, synthetic polymers such as optionally crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) or natural polymers or modified natural substances such as cellulose and starch and their derivatives, alginates or casein derivatives. Disintegrating agents based on cellulose are used as preferred disintegrating agents in the context of the present invention. Pure cellulose has the formal gross composition (C 6 H 10 O 5 ) n and is formally a β-1,4-polyacetal of cellobiose, which in turn is composed of two molecules of glucose. Suitable celluloses consist of about 500 to 5000 glucose units and therefore have average molecular weights of 50,000 to 500,000. Cellulose-based disintegrating agents which can be used in the context of the present invention are also cellulose derivatives obtainable by polymer-analogous reactions of cellulose. Such chemically modified celluloses include, for example, products of esterifications or etherifications in which hydroxy hydrogen atoms have been substituted. However, celluloses in which the hydroxyl groups have been replaced by functional groups which are not bonded via an oxygen atom can also be used as cellulose derivatives. The group of cellulose derivatives includes, for example, alkali metal celluloses, carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), cellulose esters and ethers, and aminocelluloses. The said cellulose derivatives are preferably not used alone as disintegrating agents based on cellulose, but used in admixture with cellulose. The content of these mixtures of cellulose derivatives is preferably below 50% by weight, particularly preferably below 20% by weight, based on the cellulose-based disintegrating agent. It is particularly preferred to use cellulose-based disintegrating agent which is free of cellulose derivatives. As a further disintegrating agent based on cellulose or as a component of this component, microcrystalline cellulose can be used. This microcrystalline cellulose is obtained by partial hydrolysis of celluloses under conditions which attack and completely dissolve only the amorphous regions (about 30% of the total cellulose mass) of the celluloses, the crystalline regions (ca. 70%) but leave undamaged. Subsequent deaggregation of the microfine celluloses produced by the hydrolysis yields the microcrystalline celluloses which have primary particle sizes of about 5 μm and can be compacted, for example, into granules having an average particle size of 200 μm. The disintegrating agents can be homogeneously distributed macroscopically in the molded body, but microscopically they form zones of increased concentration due to their production. Disintegrating agents which may be present within the meaning of the invention, such as Kollidon, alginic acid and their alkali metal salts, amorphous or partially crystalline layered silicates (bentonites), polyacrylates, polyethylene glycols are, for example, the publications WO 98/40462 (Rettenmaier ) WO 98/55583 and WO 98/55590 (Unilever ) and WO 98/40463 . DE 19709991 and DE 19710254 (Henkel ) refer to. The teaching of these documents is expressly incorporated by reference. The moldings may contain the disintegrants in amounts of 0.1 to 25, preferably 1 to 20 and in particular 5 to 15 wt .-% - based on the moldings.

Duftstoffe Fragrances

Als Parfümöle bzw. Duftstoffe können einzelne Riechstoffverbindungen, z.B. die synthetischen Produkte vom Typ der Ester, Ether, Aldehyde, Ketone, Alkohole und Kohlenwasserstoffe verwendet werden. Riechstoffverbindungen vom Typ der Ester sind z.B. Benzylacetat, Phenoxyethylisobutyrat, p-tert.-Butylcyclohexylacetat, Linalylacetat, Dimethylbenzylcarbinylacetat, Phenylethylacetat, Linalylbenzoat, Benzylformiat, Ethylmethylphenylglycinat, Allylcyclohexylpropionat, Styrallylpropionat und Benzylsalicylat. Zu den Ethern zählen beispielsweise Benzylethylether, zu den Aldehyden z.B. die linearen Alkanale mit 8-18 C-Atomen, Citral, Citronellal, Citronellyloxyacetaldehyd, Cyclamenaldehyd, Hydroxycitronellal, Lilial und Bourgeonal, zu den Ketonen z.B. die Jonone, α-Isomethylionon und Methylcedrylketon, zu den Alkoholen Anethol, Citronellol, Eugenol, Geraniol, Linalool, Phenylethylalkohol und Terpineol, zu den Kohlenwasserstoffen gehören hauptsächlich die Terpene wie Limonen und Pinen. Bevorzugt werden jedoch Mischungen verschiedener Riechstoffe verwendet, die gemeinsam eine ansprechende Duftnote erzeugen. Solche Parfümöle können auch natürliche Riechstoffgemische enthalten, wie sie aus pflanzlichen Quellen zugänglich sind, z.B. Pine-, Citrus-, Jasmin-, Patchouly-, Rosen- oder Ylang-Ylang-ÖI. Ebenfalls geeignet sind Muskateller, Salbeiöl, Kamillenöl, Nelkenöl, Melissenöl, Minzöl, Zimtblätteröl, Lindenblütenöl, Wacholderbeeröl, Vetiveröl, Olibanumöl, Galbanumöl und Labdanumöl sowie Orangenblütenöl, Neroliol, Orangenschalenöl und Sandelholzöl.As perfume oils or fragrances, individual fragrance compounds, e.g. the synthetic products of the ester, ether, aldehyde, ketone, alcohol and hydrocarbon type are used. Fragrance compounds of the ester type are known e.g. Benzyl acetate, phenoxyethyl isobutyrate, p-tert-butylcyclohexyl acetate, linalyl acetate, dimethylbenzylcarbinylacetate, phenylethylacetate, linalylbenzoate, benzylformate, ethylmethylphenylglycinate, allylcyclohexylpropionate, styrallylpropionate and benzylsalicylate. The ethers include, for example, benzyl ethyl ether, to the aldehydes e.g. the linear alkanals having 8-18 C atoms, citral, citronellal, citronellyloxyacetaldehyde, cyclamen aldehyde, hydroxycitronellal, lilial and bourgeonal, to the ketones e.g. the ionones, α-isomethylionone and methylcedryl ketone, among the alcohols anethole, citronellol, eugenol, geraniol, linalool, phenylethyl alcohol and terpineol, the hydrocarbons mainly include the terpenes such as limonene and pinene. Preferably, however, mixtures of different fragrances are used, which together produce an attractive fragrance. Such perfume oils may also contain natural fragrance mixtures such as are available from vegetable sources, e.g. Pine, Citrus, Jasmine, Patchouly, Rose or Ylang-Ylang oil. Also suitable are muscatel, sage, chamomile, clove, lemon balm, mint, cinnamon, lime, juniper, vetiver, olibanum, galbanum and labdanum, and orange blossom, neroliol, orange peel and sandalwood.

Die Duftstoffe können direkt in die erfindungsgemäßen Mittel eingearbeitet werden, es kann aber auch vorteilhaft sein, die Duftstoffe auf Träger aufzubringen, welche die Haftung des Parfüms auf der Wäsche verstärken und durch eine langsamere Duftfreisetzung für langanhaltenden Duft der Textilien sorgen. Als solche Trägermaterialien haben sich beispielsweise Cyclodextrine bewährt, wobei die Cyclodextrin-Parfüm-Komplexe zusätzlich noch mit weiteren Hilfsstoffen beschichtet werden können.The fragrances can be incorporated directly into the compositions of the invention, but it may also be advantageous to apply the fragrances on carriers, which enhance the adhesion of the perfume on the laundry and provide a slower fragrance release for long-lasting fragrance of the textiles. As such carrier materials, for example, cyclodextrins have proven useful, wherein the cyclodextrin-perfume complexes can additionally be coated with other auxiliaries.

Anorganische Salze Inorganic salts

Weitere geeignete Inhaltsstoffe der Mittel sind wasserlösliche anorganische Salze wie Bicarbonate, Carbonate, amorphe Silicate, normale Wassergläser, welche keine herausragenden Buildereigenschaften aufweisen, oder Mischungen aus diesen; insbesondere werden Alkalicarbonat und/oder amorphes Alkalisilicat, vor allem Natriumsilicat mit einem molaren Verhältnis Na2O : SiO2 von 1 : 1 bis 1 : 4,5, vorzugsweise von 1 : 2 bis 1 : 3,5, eingesetzt. Der Gehalt an Natriumcarbonat in den Endzubereitungen beträgt dabei vorzugsweise bis zu 40 Gew.-%, vorteilhafterweise zwischen 2 und 35 Gew.-%. Der Gehalt der Mittel an Natriumsilicat (ohne besondere Buildereigenschaften) beträgt im allgemeinen bis zu 10 Gew.-% und vorzugsweise zwischen 1 und 8 Gew.-%. Als Füll- bzw. Stellmittel kann ferner beispielsweise Natriumsulfat in Mengen von 0 bis 10, insbesondere 1 bis 5 Gew.-% - bezogen auf Mittel - enthalten seinOther suitable ingredients of the compositions are water-soluble inorganic salts such as bicarbonates, carbonates, amorphous silicates, normal water glasses which do not have outstanding builder properties, or mixtures of these; In particular, alkali metal carbonate and / or amorphous alkali silicate, especially sodium silicate with a molar ratio of Na 2 O: SiO 2 of 1: 1 to 1: 4.5, preferably from 1: 2 to 1: 3.5, are used. The content of sodium carbonate in the final preparations is preferably up to 40 wt .-%, advantageously between 2 and 35 wt .-%. The content of sodium silicate (without any special builder properties) is generally up to 10% by weight and preferably between 1 and 8% by weight. Sodium sulfate in amounts of from 0 to 10, in particular from 1 to 5,% by weight, based on the composition, can furthermore be contained as fillers or leveling agents

Die erfindungsgemäßen festen Mittel können herstellungsbedingt eine Restfeuchte von maximal 25, vorzugsweise maximal 10, und insbesondere maximal 8 und ganz besonders bevorzugt unter 5 Gew.-% aufweisen. Hierbei wird der Wassergehalt der Zeolithe nicht mit einberechnet.The solid compositions according to the invention may, due to their production, have a residual moisture content of not more than 25, preferably not more than 10, and in particular not more than 8 and very particularly preferably less than 5% by weight. Here, the water content of the zeolites is not included.

Vorzugsweise gelangen solche Mittel zum Einsatz, die 6 bis 75, vorzugsweise 10 bis 40 Gew.-% nichtionische Tenside und 25 bis 94, vorzugsweise 50 bis 80 Gew.-% anorganische oder organische Träger enthalten, mit der Maßgabe, dass sich die Mengenangaben mit den Polymeren, gegebenenfalls weiteren Tensiden, weiteren Hilfs- und Zusatzstoffen und gegebenenfalls mit Wasser und zu 100 Gew.-% ergänzen.Preferably, such agents are used which contain 6 to 75, preferably 10 to 40 wt .-% of nonionic surfactants and 25 to 94, preferably 50 to 80 wt .-% of inorganic or organic carriers, with the proviso that the amounts are with the polymers, optionally further surfactants, other auxiliaries and additives and optionally with water and to 100 wt .-% complete.

Überraschenderweise wurde gefunden, dass die erfindungsgemäßen festen Mittel aus Hydroxymischethern in Kombination mit Polymeren auf Trägern das gewünschte komplexe Anforderungsprofil zur vollen Zufriedenheit erfüllen. Insbesondere ist festzustellen, dass sich diese Tenside mit anorganischen oder organischen Trägern mit geringem Aufwand zu Feststoffen verarbeiten lassen, die nicht vergelen, jedoch die gewünschte verzögerte Löslichkeitskinetik aufweisen. Unter Verwendung der festen Mittel z.B. in Form von Granulaten, lassen sich insbesondere Pulver oder auch Tabletten mit gleichzeitigem Klarspüleffekt formulieren. In Kombination mit Reinigern oder Regenerationsagentien für den lonenaustauscher lassen sich sogenannte "3 in 1"-Systeme realisieren. Neben dem Einsatz im Bereich der maschinellen Geschirrreinigung können die festen Mittel auch für die konventionelle Reinigung harter Oberflächen sowie für die Herstellung von Waschmitteln verwendet werden. Die Erfindung schließt die Erkenntnis ein, dass der Einsatz der erfindungsgemäßen Mittel nicht nur besonders gute Klartrocknungseffekte ergibt, sondern auch im Hinblick auf die Schaumdämpfung, speziell in Gegenwart von Proteinen und die Temperaturstabilität die besten Ergebnisse liefert.Surprisingly, it has been found that the hydroxymethylene ether solid compositions according to the invention in combination with polymers on supports fulfill the desired complex profile of requirements to full satisfaction. In particular, it should be noted that these surfactants can be processed with inorganic or organic carriers with little effort to solids that do not gel, but have the desired delayed solubility kinetics. Using the solid agents, for example in the form of granules, it is possible in particular to formulate powders or else tablets with a simultaneous rinse effect. In combination with cleaners or regeneration agents for the ion exchanger, so-called "3 in 1" systems can be realized. In addition to use in the field of machine dishwashing, the solid means can also be used for the conventional cleaning of hard surfaces and for the production of detergents. The invention includes the recognition that the use of the agents according to the invention is not only particularly good Provides clear drying effects, but also provides the best results in terms of foam attenuation, especially in the presence of proteins and temperature stability.

Herstellverfahrenmanufacturing

Ein weiterer Gegenstand der Erfindung betrifft ein Verfahren zur Herstellung der erfindungsgemäßen festen Mittel als Vorcompound in Wasch-, Spül- und Reinigungsmitteln, vorzugsweise Geschirrspülmitteln, dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass man Hydroxymischether der Formel (I) und Polymere, gegebenenfalls weitere Tenside sowie gegebenenfalls weitere Hilfs- und Zusatzstoffe auf anorganische oder organische Träger aufbringt.The invention further relates to a process for the preparation of the solid compositions according to the invention as a precompound in detergents, dishwashing detergents and dishwashing detergents, preferably dishwashing detergents, characterized in that hydroxy mixed ethers of the formula (I) and polymers, optionally further surfactants and optionally further auxiliary agents are used. and applying additives to inorganic or organic carriers.

Die Herstellung kann dabei dergestalt erfolgen, dass eine innige Vermischung von Hydroxymischethern, Polymeren, gegebenenfalls weiteren Tensiden und Hilfs- und Zusatzstoffe mit Trägern erfolgt.
Weiterhin bevorzugt ist, dass nur die Oberfläche der Träger mit Hydroxymischethern, Polymeren, gegebenenfalls weiteren Tensiden und Hilfs- und Zusatzstoffe beschichtet wird.
Bevorzugt werden die Mittel dadurch hergestellt, dass die Hydroxymischether und Polymere, sowie gegebenenfalls weiter Tenside und die Träger, sowie gegebenenfalls die weiteren Zusatzstoffe, miteinander vermischt und agglomeriert werden.
The preparation can be carried out in such a way that there is an intimate mixing of hydroxy mixed ethers, polymers, optionally other surfactants and auxiliaries and additives with carriers.
It is further preferred that only the surface of the support is coated with hydroxy mixed ethers, polymers, optionally further surfactants and auxiliaries and additives.
The agents are preferably prepared by mixing and agglomerating the hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers, and optionally further surfactants and the carriers, as well as optionally the further additives.

Die festen Mittel können in einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform durch Vermischen der Komponenten im Pflugschar-, Lödige- oder Eirichmischer hergestellt werden.The solid agents can be prepared in a preferred embodiment by mixing the components in the ploughshare, Lödige or Eirichmischer.

Weiterhin bevorzugt ist deren Herstellung durch Sprühtrocknung, oder durch komplexe Granulationsverfahren, beispielsweise Wirbelschichtgranulation, Pressaglomeration, Extrusion, Walzenkompaktierung, Pelletierung oder Tabelettierung.
Bevorzugt ist dabei insbesondere, dass mindestens die Hydroxymischetherkomponente mit den Polymeren durch Wirbelschichtgranulation hergestellt wird.
Preference is furthermore given to their preparation by spray drying or by complex granulation processes, for example fluidized bed granulation, press agglomeration, extrusion, roll compaction, pelleting or tableting.
It is preferred in particular that at least the hydroxymix ether component with the polymers is produced by fluidized bed granulation.

Weiter kann es insbesondere bevorzugt sein, wenn wässrige Zubereitungen des Trägers, beispielsweise des Alkalisilicats oder des Alkalicarbonats gemeinsam mit anderen übrigen Komponenten in einer Trockeneinrichtung versprüht werden, wobei gleichzeitig mit der Trocknung eine Granulation stattfinden kann.Furthermore, it may be particularly preferred if aqueous preparations of the carrier, for example of the alkali metal silicate or of the alkali metal carbonate, are sprayed together with other remaining components in a drying device, wherein granulation can take place simultaneously with the drying.

Sprühtrocknung Spray drying

Bei der Trockeneinrichtung, in die die wässrige Zubereitung versprüht wird, kann es sich um beliebige Trockenapparaturen handeln. In einer bevorzugten Verfahrensführung wird die Trocknung als Sprühtrocknung in einem Trockenturm durchgeführt. Dabei werden die wässrigen Zubereitungen in bekannter Weise einem Trocknungsgasstrom in feinverteilter Form ausgesetzt. In Patentveröffentlichungen der Firma Henkel wird eine Ausführungsform der Sprühtrocknung mit überhitztem Wasserdampf beschrieben. Das dort offenbarte Arbeitsprinzip wird hiermit ausdrücklich auch zum Gegenstand der vorliegenden Erfindungsoffenbarung gemacht. Verwiesen wird hier insbesondere auf die nachfolgenden Druckschriften: DE 4030688 A1 sowie die weiterführenden Veröffentlichungen gemäß DE 4204035 A1 ; DE 4204090 A1 ; DE 4206050 A1 ; DE 4206521 A1 ; DE 4206495 A1 ; DE 4208773 A1 ; DE 4209432 A1 und DE 4234376 A1 . Dieses Verfahren wurde schon im Zusammenhang mit der Herstellung des Entschäumerkom vorgestellt.In the drying device, in which the aqueous preparation is sprayed, may be any dry equipment. In a preferred process, the drying is carried out as spray drying in a drying tower. The aqueous preparations are exposed in a known manner a drying gas stream in finely divided form. Patent publications by Henkel describe an embodiment of spray drying with superheated steam. The working principle disclosed therein is hereby expressly also made the subject of the present invention disclosure. Reference is made in particular to the following publications: DE 4030688 A1 as well as the further publications according to DE 4204035 A1 ; DE 4204090 A1 ; DE 4206050 A1 ; DE 4206521 A1 ; DE 4206495 A1 ; DE 4208773 A1 ; DE 4209432 A1 and DE 4234376 A1 , This process has already been presented in connection with the production of the defoamer com.

Wirbelchichtgranulierung Vertebral layer granulation

Eine besonders bevorzugte Möglichkeit zur Herstellung der Mittel besteht darin, die Vorprodukte einer Wirbelschichtgranulierung ("SKET"-Granulierung) zu unterwerfen. Hierunter ist eine Granulierung unter gleichzeitiger Trocknung zu verstehen, die vorzugsweise batchweise oder kontinuierlich erfolgt. Dabei können die Vorprodukte sowohl in getrocknetem Zustand als auch als wässrige Zubereitung eingesetzt werden. Bevorzugt eingesetzte Wirbelschicht-Apparate besitzen Bodenplatten mit Abmessungen von 0,4 bis 5 m. Vorzugsweise wird die Granulierung bei Wirbelluftgeschwindigkeiten im Bereich von 1 bis 8 m/s durchgeführt. Der Austrag der Granulate aus der Wirbelschicht erfolgt vorzugsweise über eine Größenklassierung der Granulate. Die Klassierung kann beispielsweise mittels einer Siebvorrichtung oder durch einen entgegengeführten Luftstrom (Sichterluft) erfolgen, der so reguliert wird, dass erst Teilchen ab einer bestimmten Teilchengröße aus der Wirbelschicht entfernt und kleinere Teilchen in der Wirbelschicht zurückgehalten werden. Üblicherweise setzt sich die einströmende Luft aus der beheizten oder unbeheizten Sichterluft und der beheizten Bodenluft zusammen. Die Bodenlufttemperatur liegt dabei zwischen 80 und 400, vorzugsweise 90 und 350 und insbesondere unter 70 °C. Vorteilhafterweise wird zu Beginn der Granulierung eine Startmasse, beispielsweise ein Granulat aus einem früheren Versuchsansatz, vorgelegt.A particularly preferred way to prepare the means is to subject the precursors to fluidized bed granulation ("SKET" granulation). This is to be understood as meaning a granulation with simultaneous drying, which preferably takes place batchwise or continuously. The precursors can be used both in the dried state and as an aqueous preparation. Preferably used fluidized bed apparatus have bottom plates with dimensions of 0.4 to 5 m. Preferably, the granulation is carried out at fluidized air velocities in the range of 1 to 8 m / s. The discharge of the granules from the fluidized bed is preferably carried out via a size classification of the granules. The classification can be carried out, for example, by means of a sieve device or by a countercurrent air stream (classifier air), which is regulated in such a way that only particles above a certain particle size are removed from the fluidized bed and smaller particles are retained in the fluidized bed. Usually, the incoming air is composed of the heated or unheated classifier air and the heated bottom air. The soil air temperature is between 80 and 400, preferably 90 and 350 and in particular less than 70 ° C. Advantageously, a starting material, for example a granulate from a previous experimental batch, is initially introduced at the beginning of the granulation.

Pressagglomeration ➢ Press agglomeration

In einer anderen, insbesondere wenn Mittel hoher Schüttdichte erhalten werden sollen, bevorzugten Variante werden die Gemische anschließend einem Kompaktierungsschritt unterworfen, wobei weitere Inhaltsstoffe den Mitteln erst nach dem Kompaktierungsschritt zugemischt werden. Die Kompaktierung der Inhaltsstoffe findet in einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform der Erfindung in einem Preßagglomerationsverfahren statt. Der Pressagglomerationsvorgang, dem das feste Vorgemisch (getrocknetes Basiswaschmittel) unterworfen wird, kann dabei in verschiedenen Apparaten realisiert werden. Je nach dem Typ des verwendeten Agglomerators werden unterschiedliche Pressagglomerationsverfahren unterschieden. Die vier häufigsten und im Rahmen der vorliegenden Erfindung bevorzugten Pressagglomerationsverfahren sind dabei die Extrusion, das Walzenpressen bzw. -kompaktieren, das Lochpressen (Pelletieren) und das Tablettieren, so dass im Rahmen der vorliegenden Erfindung bevorzugte Pressagglomerationsvorgänge Extrusions-, Walzenkompaktierungs-, Pelletierungs- oder Tablettierungsvorgänge sind.In another preferred variant, especially when agents of high bulk density are to be obtained, the mixtures are subsequently subjected to a compaction step, with further ingredients being added to the compositions only after the compaction step. The compaction of the ingredients takes place in a preferred embodiment of the invention in a press-agglomeration process. The press agglomeration process, to which the solid premix (dried base detergent) is subjected, can be realized in various apparatuses. Depending on the type of agglomerator used, different press agglomeration processes are distinguished. The four most common and in the present invention preferred press agglomeration processes are the extrusion, the roll pressing or compaction, the hole pressing (pelletizing) and tableting, so that in the present invention preferred press agglomeration processes extrusion, Walzenkompaktierungs-, pelletizing or Tabletting operations are.

Allen Verfahren ist gemeinsam, dass das Vorgemisch unter Druck verdichtet und plastifiziert wird und die einzelnen Partikel unter Verringerung der Porosität aneinandergedrückt werden und aneinander haften. Bei allen Verfahren (bei der Tablettierung mit Einschränkungen) lassen sich die Werkzeuge dabei auf höhere Temperaturen aufheizen oder zur Abführung der durch Scherkräfte entstehenden Wärme kühlen.All methods have in common that the premix is compressed under pressure and plasticized and the individual particles are pressed together while reducing the porosity and adhere to each other. In all processes (in the case of tabletting with restrictions), the tools can be heated to higher temperatures or cooled to dissipate the heat generated by shearing forces.

In allen Verfahren kann als Hilfsmittel zur Verdichtung ein oder mehrere Bindemittel eingesetzt werden. Dabei soll jedoch klargestellt sein, dass an sich immer auch der Einsatz von mehreren, verschiedenen Bindemitteln und Mischungen aus verschiedenen Bindemitteln möglich ist. In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform der Erfindung wird ein Bindemittel eingesetzt, dass bei Temperaturen bis maximal 130 °C, vorzugsweise bis maximal 100 °C und insbesondere bis 90 °C bereits vollständig als Schmelze vorliegt. Das Bindemittel muss also je nach Verfahren und Verfahrensbedingungen ausgewählt werden oder die Verfahrensbedingungen, insbesondere die Verfahrenstemperatur, müssen - falls ein bestimmtes Bindemittel gewünscht wird - an das Bindemittel angepasst werden.In all methods, one or more binders can be used as an aid for compaction. However, it should be made clear that it is always possible to use several different binders and mixtures of different binders. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, a binder is used which is completely present as a melt at temperatures up to a maximum of 130 ° C., preferably up to a maximum of 100 ° C. and in particular up to 90 ° C. The binder must therefore be selected depending on the process and process conditions or the process conditions, in particular the process temperature must - if a particular binder is desired - be adapted to the binder.

Der eigentliche Verdichtungsprozess erfolgt dabei vorzugsweise bei Verarbeitungstemperaturen, die zumindest im Verdichtungsschritt mindestens der Temperatur des Erweichungspunkts, wenn nicht sogar der Temperatur des Schmelzpunkts des Bindemittels entsprechen. In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform der Erfindung liegt die Verfahrenstemperatur signifikant über dem Schmelzpunkt bzw. oberhalb der Temperatur, bei der das Bindemittel als Schmelze vorliegt. Insbesondere ist es aber bevorzugt, dass die Verfahrenstemperatur im Verdichtungsschritt nicht mehr als 20 °C über der Schmelztemperatur bzw. der oberen Grenze des Schmelzbereichs des Bindemittels liegt. Zwar ist es technisch durchaus möglich, auch noch höhere Temperaturen einzustellen; es hat sich aber gezeigt, dass eine Temperaturdifferenz zur Schmelztemperatur bzw. zur Erweichungstemperatur des Bindemittels von 20 °C im allgemeinen durchaus ausreichend ist und noch höhere Temperaturen keine zusätzlichen Vorteile bewirken. Deshalb ist es - insbesondere auch aus energetischen Gründen - besonders bevorzugt, zwar oberhalb, jedoch so nah wie möglich am Schmelzpunkt bzw. an der oberen Temperaturgrenze des Schmelzbereichs des Bindemittels zu arbeiten. Eine derartige Temperaturführung besitzt den weiteren Vorteil, dass auch thermisch empfindliche Rohstoffe, beispielsweise Peroxybleichmittel wie Perborat und/oder Percarbonat, aber auch Enzyme, zunehmend ohne gravierende Aktivsubstanzverluste verarbeitet werden können. Die Möglichkeit der genauen Temperatursteuerung des Binders insbesondere im entscheidenden Schritt der Verdichtung, also zwischen der Vermischung/Homogenisierung des Vorgemisches und der Formgebung, erlaubt eine energetisch sehr günstige und für die temperaturempfindlichen Bestandteile des Vorgemisches extrem schonende Verfahrensführung, da das Vorgemisch nur für kurze Zeit den höheren Temperaturen ausgesetzt ist. In bevorzugten Pressagglomerationsverfahren weisen die Arbeitswerkzeuge des Pressagglomerators (die Schnecke(n) des Extruders, die Walze(n) des Walzenkompaktors sowie die Presswalze(n) der Pelletpresse) eine Temperatur von maximal 150 °C, vorzugsweise maximal 100 °C und insbesondere maximal 75 °C auf und die Verfahrenstemperatur liegt bei 30 °C und insbesondere maximal 20 °C oberhalb der Schmelztemperatur bzw. der oberen Temperaturgrenze des Schmelzbereichs des Bindemittels. Vorzugsweise beträgt die Dauer der Temperatureinwirkung im Kompressionsbereich der Preßagglomeratoren maximal 2 Minuten und liegt insbesondere in einem Bereich zwischen 30 Sekunden und 1 Minute.The actual compression process is preferably carried out at processing temperatures which correspond at least in the compression step at least the temperature of the softening point, if not even the temperature of the melting point of the binder. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the process temperature is significantly above the melting point or above the temperature at which the binder is present as a melt. Especially However, it is preferred that the process temperature in the compression step is not more than 20 ° C above the melting temperature or the upper limit of the melting range of the binder. Although it is technically quite possible to set even higher temperatures; However, it has been shown that a temperature difference to the melting temperature or to the softening temperature of the binder of 20 ° C in general is quite sufficient and even higher temperatures cause no additional advantages. Therefore, it is particularly preferred, especially for energetic reasons, to work above, but as close as possible to the melting point or at the upper temperature limit of the melting range of the binder. Such a temperature control has the further advantage that even thermally sensitive raw materials, for example peroxy bleaches such as perborate and / or percarbonate, but also enzymes, can increasingly be processed without serious losses of active substance. The possibility of precise temperature control of the binder in particular in the decisive step of the compression, ie between the mixing / homogenization of the premix and the shaping, allows an energetically very favorable and extremely gentle for the temperature-sensitive components of the premix process, since the premix for a short time the is exposed to higher temperatures. In preferred press agglomeration processes, the working tools of the press agglomerator (the screw (s) of the extruder, the roller (s) of the roll compactor and the press roll (s) of the pellet press) have a maximum temperature of 150 ° C., preferably not more than 100 ° C. and in particular not more than 75 ° C and the process temperature is 30 ° C and in particular at most 20 ° C above the melting temperature or the upper temperature limit of the melting range of the binder. Preferably, the duration of the effect of temperature in the compression region of the pressing agglomerators is a maximum of 2 minutes and is in particular in a range between 30 seconds and 1 minute.

Bevorzugte Bindemittel, die allein oder in Mischung mit anderen Bindemitteln eingesetzt werden können, sind Polyethylenglykole, 1,2-Polypropylenglykole sowie modifizierte Polyethylenglykole und Polypropylenglykole. Besonders bevorzugt sind Kombinationen von Polyethylengylcolen mit nichtionischen Tensiden, speziell vom Typ der Fettalkoholpolyglycolether. Zu den modifizierten Polyalkylenglykolen zählen insbesondere die Sulfate und/oder die Disulfate von Polyethylenglykolen oder Polypropylenglykolen mit einer relativen Molekülmasse zwischen 600 und 12 000 und insbesondere zwischen 1 000 und 4 000. Eine weitere Gruppe besteht aus Mono- und/oder Disuccinaten der Polyalkylenglykole, welche wiederum relative Molekülmassen zwischen 600 und 6 000, vorzugsweise zwischen 1 000 und 4 000 aufweisen. Für eine genauere Beschreibung der modifizierten Polyalkylenglykolether wird auf die Offenbarung der internationalen Patentanmeldung WO 93/02176 verwiesen. Im Rahmen dieser Erfindung zählen zu Polyethylenglykolen solche Polymere, bei deren Herstellung neben Ethylenglykol ebenso C3-C5-Glykole sowie Glycerin und Mischunggen aus diesen als Startmoleküle eingesetzt werden. Ferner werden auch ethoxylierte Derivate wie Trimethylolpropan mit 5 bis 30 EO umfasst. Die vorzugsweise eingesetzten Polyethylenglykole können eine lineare oder verzweigte Struktur aufweisen, wobei insbesondere lineare Polyethylenglykole bevorzugt sind. Zu den insbesondere bevorzugten Polyethylenglykolen gehören solche mit relativen Molekülmassen zwischen 2 000 und 12 000, vorteilhafterweise um 4 000, wobei Polyethylenglykole mit relativen Molekülmassen unterhalb 3 500 und oberhalb 5 000 insbesondere in Kombination mit Polyethylenglykolen mit einer relativen Molekülmasse um 4 000 eingesetzt werden können und derartige Kombinationen vorteilhafterweise zu mehr als 50 Gew.-%, bezogen auf die gesamte Menge der Polyethylenglykole, Polyethylenglykole mit einer relativen Molekülmasse zwischen 3 500 und 5 000 aufweisen. Als Bindemittel können jedoch auch Polyethylenglykole eingesetzt werden, welche an sich bei Raumtemperatur und einem Druck von 1 bar in flüssigem Stand vorliegen; hier ist vor allem von Polyethylenglykol mit einer relativen Molekülmasse von 200, 400 und 600 die Rede. Allerdings sollten diese an sich flüssigen Polyethylenglykole nur in einer Mischung mit mindestens einem weiteren Bindemittel eingesetzt werden, wobei diese Mischung wieder den erfindungsgemäßen Anforderungen genügen muss, also einen Schmelzpunkt bzw. Erweichungspunkt von mindestens oberhalb 45 °C aufweisen muss. Ebenso eignen sich als Bindemittel niedermolekulare Polyvinylpyrrolidone und Derivate von diesen mit relativen Molekülmassen bis maximal 30 000. Bevorzugt sind hierbei relative Molekülmassenbereiche zwischen 3 000 und 30 000, beispielsweise um 10 000. Polyvinylpyrrolidone werden vorzugsweise nicht als alleinige Bindemittel, sondern in Kombination mit anderen, insbesondere in Kombination mit Polyethylenglykolen, eingesetzt.Preferred binders which can be used alone or in admixture with other binders are polyethylene glycols, 1,2-polypropylene glycols and modified polyethylene glycols and polypropylene glycols. Particularly preferred are combinations of polyethylene glycols with nonionic surfactants, especially of the fatty alcohol polyglycol ether type. The modified polyalkylene glycols include, in particular, the sulfates and / or the disulfates of polyethylene glycols or polypropylene glycols having a molecular weight between 600 and 12,000 and in particular between 1,000 and 4,000. Another group consists of mono- and / or disuccinates of the polyalkylene glycols in turn, have molecular weights between 600 and 6,000, preferably between 1,000 and 4,000. For a more detailed description of the modified polyalkylene glycol ethers, refer to the disclosure of the international patent application WO 93/02176 directed. For the purposes of this invention, polyethylene glycols include those polymers which, in addition to ethylene glycol, also produce C 3 -C 5 glycols and also glycerol and mixtures from these can be used as starting molecules. Also included are ethoxylated derivatives such as trimethylolpropane having 5 to 30 EO. The polyethylene glycols preferably used may have a linear or branched structure, with particular preference being given to linear polyethylene glycols. Particularly preferred polyethylene glycols include those having molecular weights between 2,000 and 12,000, advantageously about 4,000, wherein polyethylene glycols having molecular weights below 3,500 and above 5,000, in particular in combination with polyethylene glycols having a molecular weight of about 4,000 can be used and Such combinations advantageously have more than 50% by weight, based on the total amount of polyethylene glycols, of polyethylene glycols having a molecular weight between 3,500 and 5,000. However, polyethylene glycols which are present in liquid state at room temperature and a pressure of 1 bar can also be used as binders; Here is mainly of polyethylene glycol with a molecular weight of 200, 400 and 600 the speech. However, these liquid per se polyethylene glycols should be used only in a mixture with at least one other binder, said mixture must meet the requirements of the invention again, ie must have a melting point or softening point of at least above 45 ° C. Likewise suitable as binders are low molecular weight polyvinylpyrrolidones and derivatives of these having molecular weights of not more than 30,000. Preference is given here to molecular weight ranges between 3,000 and 30,000, for example around 10,000. Polyvinylpyrrolidones are preferably not used as sole binders but in combination with others. especially in combination with polyethylene glycols used.

Das verdichtete Gut weist direkt nach dem Austritt aus dem Herstellungsapparat vorzugsweise Temperaturen nicht oberhalb von 90 °C auf, wobei Temperaturen zwischen 35 und 85 °C besonders bevorzugt sind. Es hat sich herausgestellt, dass Austrittstemperaturen - vor allem im Extrusionsverfahren - von 40 bis 80 °C, beispielsweise bis 70 °C, besonders vorteilhaft sind.The compacted material preferably has temperatures not exceeding 90 ° C. directly after leaving the production apparatus, temperatures between 35 and 85 ° C. being particularly preferred. It has been found that outlet temperatures - especially in the extrusion process - from 40 to 80 ° C, for example up to 70 ° C, are particularly advantageous.

Extrusion Extrusion

In einer weiteren bevorzugten Ausführungsform wird das erfindungsgemäße Mittel mittels einer Extrusion hergestellt, wie sie beispielsweise in dem europäischen Patent EP 0486592 B1 oder den internationalen Patentanmeldungen WO 93/02176 und WO 94/09111 bzw. WO 98/12299 beschrieben werden. Dabei wird ein festes Vorgemisch unter Druck strangförmig verpresst und der Strang nach Austritt aus der Lochform mittels einer Schneidevorrichtung auf die vorbestimmbare Granulatdimension zugeschnitten. Das homogene und feste Vorgemisch enthält ein Plastifizier- und/oder Gleitmittel, welches bewirkt, dass das Vorgemisch unter dem Druck bzw. unter dem Eintrag spezifischer Arbeit plastisch erweicht und extrudierbar wird. Bevorzugte Plastifizier- und/oder Gleitmittel sind Tenside und/oder Polymere. Zur Erläuterung des eigentlichen Extrusionsverfahrens wird hiermit ausdrücklich auf die obengenannten Patente und Patentanmeldungen verwiesen. Vorzugsweise wird dabei das Vorgemisch vorzugsweise einem Planetwalzenextruder oder einem 2-Wellen-Extruder bzw. 2-Schnecken-Extruder mit gleichlaufender oder gegenlaufender Schneckenführung zugeführt, dessen Gehäuse und dessen Extruder-Granulierkopf auf die vorbestimmte Extrudiertemperatur aufgeheizt sein können. Unter der Schereinwirkung der Extruderschnecken wird das Vorgemisch unter Druck, der vorzugsweise mindestens 25 bar beträgt, bei extrem hohen Durchsätzen in Abhängigkeit von dem eingesetzten Apparat aber auch darunter liegen kann, verdichtet, plastifiziert, in Form feiner Stränge durch die Lochdüsenplatte im Extruderkopf extrudiert und schließlich das Extrudat mittels eines rotierenden Abschlagmessers vorzugsweise zu etwa kugelförmigen bis zylindrischen Granulatkörnern verkleinert. Der Lochdurchmesser der Lochdüsenplatte und die Strangschnittlänge werden dabei auf die gewählte Granulatdimension abgestimmt. So gelingt die Herstellung von Granulaten einer im wesentlichen gleichmäßig vorherbestimmbaren Teilchengröße, wobei im einzelnen die absoluten Teilchengrößen dem beabsichtigten Einsatzzweck angepasst sein können. Im allgemeinen werden Teilchendurchmesser bis höchstens 0,8 cm bevorzugt. Wichtige Ausführungsformen sehen hier die Herstellung von einheitlichen Granulaten im Millimeterbereich, beispielsweise im Bereich von 0,5 bis 5 mm und insbesondere im Bereich von etwa 0,8 bis 3 mm vor. Das Länge/Durchmesser-Verhältnis der abgeschlagenen primären Granulate liegt dabei vorzugsweise im Bereich von etwa 1 : 1 bis etwa 3 : 1. Weiterhin ist es bevorzugt, das noch plastische Primärgranulat einem weiteren formgebenden Verarbeitungsschritt zuzuführen; dabei werden am Rohextrudat vorliegende Kanten abgerundet, so dass letztlich kugelförmig bis annähernd kugelförmige Extrudatkörner erhalten werden können. Falls gewünscht können in dieser Stufe geringe Mengen an Trockenpulver, beispielsweise Zeolithpulver wie Zeolith NaA-Pulver, mitverwendet werden. Diese Formgebung kann in marktgängigen Rondiergeräten erfolgen. Dabei ist darauf zu achten, dass in dieser Stufe nur geringe Mengen an Feinkornanteil entstehen. Eine Trocknung, welche in den obengenannten Dokumenten des Standes der Technik als bevorzugte Ausführungsform beschrieben wird, ist anschließend möglich, aber nicht zwingend erforderlich. Es kann gerade bevorzugt sein, nach dem Kompaktierungsschritt keine Trocknung mehr durchzuführen. Alternativ können ExtrusionenNerpressungen auch in Niedrigdruckextrudern, in der Kahl-Presse (Fa. Amandus Kahl) oder im Bextruder der Fa. Bepex durchgeführt werden. Bevorzugt ist die Temperaturführung im Übergangsbereich der Schnecke, des Vorverteilers und der Düsenplatte derart gestaltet, dass die Schmelztemperatur des Bindemittels bzw. die obere Grenze des Schmelzbereichs des Bindemittels zumindest erreicht, vorzugsweise aber überschritten wird. Dabei liegt die Dauer der Temperatureinwirkung im. Kompressionsbereich der Extrusion vorzugsweise unterhalb von 2 Minuten und insbesondere in einem Bereich zwischen 30 Sekunden und 1 Minute.In a further preferred embodiment, the agent according to the invention is produced by means of an extrusion, as used, for example, in US Pat European Patent EP 0486592 B1 or the international patent applications WO 93/02176 and WO 94/09111 respectively. WO 98/12299 to be discribed. In this case, a solid premix is extruded under pressure strand and cut the strand after exiting the hole shape by means of a cutting device to the predeterminable granule dimension. The homogeneous and solid premix contains a plasticizer and / or lubricant which causes the premix to be plastically softened and extrudable under the pressure of specific work. Preferred plasticizing and / or Lubricants are surfactants and / or polymers. To explain the actual extrusion process, reference is hereby expressly made to the abovementioned patents and patent applications. Preferably, the pre-mixture is preferably supplied to a planetary roller extruder or a 2-screw extruder with co-rotating or counter-rotating screw guide, whose housing and its extruder granulating head can be heated to the predetermined extrusion temperature. Under the shearing action of the extruder screws, the premix under pressure, which is preferably at least 25 bar, at extremely high throughputs depending on the apparatus used but also may be below, compacted, plasticized, extruded in the form of fine strands through the hole die plate in the extruder head and finally Preferably, the extrudate is reduced by means of a rotating doctor blade to approximately spherical to cylindrical granules. The hole diameter of the hole nozzle plate and the strand cut length are matched to the selected granule dimension. Thus, the production of granules succeeds a substantially uniformly predictable particle size, wherein in detail the absolute particle sizes can be adapted to the intended use. In general, particle diameters of at most 0.8 cm are preferred. Important embodiments provide for the production of uniform granules in the millimeter range, for example in the range of 0.5 to 5 mm and in particular in the range of about 0.8 to 3 mm. The length / diameter ratio of the chopped primary granules is preferably in the range from about 1: 1 to about 3: 1. It is furthermore preferred to supply the still plastic primary granulate to a further shaping processing step; At the same time, edges present on the raw extrudate are rounded, so that ultimately spherical to approximately spherical extrudate grains can be obtained. If desired, small amounts of dry powder, for example, zeolite powder, such as zeolite NaA powder, may be included in this stage. This shaping can be done in commercially available Rondiergeräten. Care should be taken to ensure that only small amounts of fine grain content are produced in this stage. Drying, which is described in the above-mentioned prior art documents as a preferred embodiment, is subsequently possible, but not absolutely necessary. It may just be preferable to stop drying after the compaction step. Alternatively, extrusions can also be carried out in low-pressure extruders, in the Kahl press (Amandus Kahl) or in the Bexx Bextruder. Preferably, the temperature control in the transition region of the screw, the predistributor and the nozzle plate is designed such that the melting temperature of the binder or the upper limit of the melting range of the binder is at least achieved, but preferably exceeded. The duration of the influence of temperature is in. Compression range of extrusion preferably below 2 minutes and more preferably in a range between 30 seconds and 1 minute.

Walzenkompaktierung Roller compaction

Die erfindungsgemäßen festen Zubereitungen können auch mittels einer Walzenkompaktierung hergestellt werden. Hierbei wird das Vorgemisch gezielt zwischen zwei glatte oder mit Vertiefungen von definierter Form versehene Walzen eindosiert und zwischen den beiden Walzen unter Druck zu einem blattförmigen Kompaktat, der sogenannten Schülpe, ausgewalzt. Die Walzen üben auf das Vorgemisch einen hohen Liniendruck aus und können je nach Bedarf zusätzlich geheizt bzw. gekühlt werden. Bei der Verwendung von Glattwalzen erhält man glatte, unstrukturierte Schülpenbänder, während durch die Verwendung strukturierter Walzen entsprechend strukturierte Schülpen erzeugt werden können, in denen beispielsweise bestimmte Formen der späteren Waschmittelteilchen vorgegeben werden können. Das Schülpenband wird nachfolgend durch einen Abschlag- und Zerkleinerungsvorgang in kleinere Stücke gebrochen und kann auf diese Weise zu Granulatkörnern verarbeitet werden, die durch weitere an sich bekannte Oberflächenbehandlungsverfahren veredelt, insbesondere in annähernd kugelförmige Gestalt gebracht werden können. Auch bei der Walzenkompaktierung liegt die Temperatur der pressenden Werkzeuge, also der Walzen, bevorzugt bei maximal 150 °C, vorzugsweise bei maximal 100 °C und insbesondere bei maximal 75 °C. Besonders bevorzugte Herstellungsverfahren arbeiten bei der Walzenkompaktierung mit Verfahrenstemperaturen, die 10 °C, insbesondere maximal 5 °C oberhalb der Schmelztemperatur bzw. der oberen Temperaturgrenze des Schmelzbereichs des Bindemittels liegen. Hierbei ist es weiter bevorzugt, dass die Dauer der Temperatureinwirkung im Kompressionsbereich der glatten oder mit Vertiefungen von definierter Form versehenen Walzen maximal 2 Minuten beträgt und insbesondere in einem Bereich zwischen 30 Sekunden und 1 Minute liegt.The solid preparations according to the invention can also be prepared by means of roll compaction. Here, the premix is selectively metered between two smooth or provided with wells of defined shape rollers and rolled between the two rollers under pressure to form a sheet-like Kompaktat, the so-called scoop. The rollers exert a high line pressure on the premix and can be additionally heated or cooled as required. When using smooth rolls, smooth, unstructured flake tapes are obtained, while by using structured rolls, correspondingly structured flakes can be produced in which, for example, certain shapes of the later detergent particles can be specified. The sling strip is subsequently broken by a tee and crushing process into smaller pieces and can be processed in this way to granules, which can be refined by further known per se surface treatment method, in particular brought into approximately spherical shape. Also in the case of roll compaction, the temperature of the pressing tools, ie the rolls, is preferably not more than 150 ° C., preferably not more than 100 ° C. and in particular not more than 75 ° C. Particularly preferred production processes work in the case of roll compaction with process temperatures which are 10 ° C., in particular at most 5 ° C. above the melting temperature or the upper temperature limit of the melting range of the binder. In this case, it is further preferred that the duration of the action of temperature in the compression region of the smooth rolls or rolls provided with depressions of defined shape amounts to a maximum of 2 minutes and is in particular in a range between 30 seconds and 1 minute.

Pelletierungpelletizing

Das erfindungsgemäße Mittel kann auch mittels einer Pelletierung hergestellt werden. Hierbei wird das Vorgemisch auf eine perforierte Fläche aufgebracht und mittels eines druckgebenden Körpers unter Plastifizierung durch die Löcher gedrückt. Bei üblichen Ausführungsformen von Pelletpressen wird das Vorgemisch unter Druck verdichtet, plastifiziert, mittels einer rotierenden Walze in Form feiner Stränge durch eine perforierte Fläche gedrückt und schließlich mit einer Abschlagvorrichtung zu Granulatkörnern zerkleinert. Hierbei sind die unterschiedlichsten Ausgestaltungen von Druckwalze und perforierter Matrize denkbar. So finden beispielsweise flache perforierte Teller ebenso Anwendung wie konkave oder konvexe Ringmatrizen, durch die das Material mittels einer oder mehrerer Druckwalzen hindurchgepresst wird. Die Pressrollen können bei den Tellergeräten auch konisch geformt sein, in den ringförmigen Geräten können Matrizen und Preßrolle(n) gleichläufigen oder gegenläufigen Drehsinn besitzen. Ein zur Durchführung des Verfahrens geeigneter Apparat wird beispielsweise in der deutschen Offenlegungsschrift DE 3816842 A1 beschrieben.The agent according to the invention can also be prepared by means of pelleting. Here, the premix is applied to a perforated surface and pressed by means of a pressure-emitting body under plasticization through the holes. In conventional embodiments of pellet presses, the premix is compacted under pressure, plasticized, pressed by means of a rotating roller in the form of fine strands through a perforated surface and finally comminuted with a knock-off device to granules. Here are the most diverse designs of pressure roller and perforated die conceivable. For example, flat perforated plates are used as well as concave or convex ring matrices, through which the material is pressed through one or more pressure rollers. The press rollers may also be conically shaped in the plate devices, in the annular devices can matrices and press roll (s) have co-rotating or opposite sense of rotation. An apparatus suitable for carrying out the method is described, for example, in German Offenlegungsschrift DE 3816842 A1 described.

Die in dieser Schrift offenbarte Ringmatrizenpresse besteht aus einer rotierenden, von Presskanälen durchsetzten Ringmatrize und wenigstens einer mit deren Innenfläche in Wirkverbindung stehenden Pressrolle, die das dem Matrizenraum zugeführte Material durch die Presskanäle in einen Materialaustrag presst. Hierbei sind Ringmatrize und Pressrolle gleichsinnig antreibbar, wodurch eine verringerte Scherbelastung und damit geringere Temperaturerhöhung des Vorgemischs realisierbar ist. Selbstverständlich kann aber auch bei der Pelletierung mit heiz- oder kühlbaren Walzen gearbeitet werden, um eine gewünschte Temperatur des Vorgemischs einzustellen. Auch bei der Pelletierung liegt die Temperatur der pressenden Werkzeuge, also der Druckwalzen oder Pressrollen, bevorzugt bei maximal 150 °C, vorzugsweise bei maximal 100 °C und insbesondere bei maximal 75 °C. Besonders bevorzugte Herstellungsverfahren arbeiten bei der Walzenkompaktierung mit Verfahrenstemperaturen, die 10 °C, insbesondere maximal 5 °C oberhalb der Schmelztemperatur bzw. der oberen Temperaturgrenze des Schmelzbereichs des Bindemittels liegen.The ring matrix press disclosed in this document consists of a rotating ring die interspersed by press channels and at least one press roller operatively connected to its inner surface, which presses the material supplied to the die space through the press channels into a material discharge. Here, ring matrix and press roller are driven in the same direction, whereby a reduced shear stress and thus lower temperature increase of the premix can be realized. Of course, it is also possible to work with pelletizing with heatable or coolable rollers in order to set a desired temperature of the premix. Also in the case of pelleting, the temperature of the pressing tools, ie the pressure rollers or press rollers, is preferably not more than 150 ° C., preferably not more than 100 ° C. and in particular not more than 75 ° C. Particularly preferred production processes work in the case of roll compaction with process temperatures which are 10 ° C., in particular at most 5 ° C. above the melting temperature or the upper temperature limit of the melting range of the binder.

Tablettierung tableting

Die Herstellung der erfindungsgemäßen festen Zubereitungen als Formkörper, vorzugsweise solchen in Tablettenform, erfolgt in der Regel durch Tablettierung bzw. Pressagglomerierung. Die erhaltenen teilchenförmigen Pressagglomerate können entweder direkt als Wasch-, Spül- oder Reinigungsmittel eingesetzt oder zuvor nach üblichen Methoden nachbehandelt und/oder aufbereitet werden. Zu den üblichen Nachbehandlungen zählen beispielsweise Abpuderungen mit feinteiligen Inhaltsstoffen von Wasch- oder Reinigungsmitteln, wodurch das Schüttgewicht im allgemeinen weiter erhöht wird. Eine bevorzugte Nachbehandlung stellt jedoch auch die Verfahrensweise gemäß den deutschen Patentanmeldungen DE 19524287 A1 und DE 19547457 A1 dar, wobei staubförmige oder zumindest feinteilige Inhaltsstoffe (die sogenannten Feinanteile) an die erfindungsgemäß hergestellten teilchenförmigen Verfahrensendprodukte, welche als Kem dienen, angeklebt werden und somit Mittel entstehen, welche diese sogenannten Feinanteile als Außenhülle aufweisen. Vorteilhafterweise geschieht dies wiederum durch eine Schmelzagglomeration. Zur Schmelzagglomerierung der Feinanteile an wird ausdrücklich auf die Offenbarung in den deutschen Patentanmeldungen DE 19524287 A1 und DE 19547457 A1 verwiesen. In der bevorzugten Ausführungsform der Erfindung liegen die festen Waschmittel in Tablettenform vor, wobei diese Tabletten insbesondere aus lager- und transporttechnischen Gründen vorzugsweise abgerundete Ecken und Kanten aufweisen. Die Grundfläche dieser Tabletten kann beispielsweise kreisförmig oder rechteckig sein. Mehrschichtentabletten, insbesondere Tabletten mit 2 oder 3 Schichten, welche auch farblich verschieden sein können, sind vor allem bevorzugt. Blau-weiße oder grün-weiße oder blau-grün-weiße Tabletten sind dabei besonders bevorzugt. Die Tabletten können dabei auch gepresste und ungepresste Anteile enthalten. Formkörper mit besonders vorteilhafter Auflösegeschwindigkeit werden erhalten, wenn die granularen Bestandteile vor dem Verpressen einen Anteil an Teilchen, die einen Durchmesser außerhalb des Bereiches von 0,02 bis 6 mm besitzen, von weniger als 20, vorzugsweise weniger als 10 Gew.-% aufweisen. Bevorzugt ist eine Teilchengrößenverteilung im Bereich von 0,05 bis 2,0 und besonders bevorzugt von 0,2 bis 1,0 mm.The preparation of the solid preparations according to the invention as shaped articles, preferably those in tablet form, is generally carried out by tabletting or press agglomeration. The resulting particulate press agglomerates can be used either directly as detergents, dishwashing detergents or cleaning agents or aftertreated and / or prepared by conventional methods beforehand. The usual post-treatments include, for example, powdering with finely divided ingredients of detergents or cleaners, whereby the bulk density is generally further increased. However, a preferred aftertreatment is also the procedure according to the German patent applications DE 19524287 A1 and DE 19547457 A1 in which dust-like or at least finely divided ingredients (the so-called fines) are adhered to the particulate finished products according to the invention, which serve as Kem, and thus arise means which have these so-called fines as an outer shell. Advantageously, this is again done by melt agglomeration. For melt agglomeration of the fines on is expressly to the disclosure in the German patent applications DE 19524287 A1 and DE 19547457 A1 directed. In the preferred embodiment of the invention, the solid detergents are in tablet form, these tablets preferably having rounded corners and edges, in particular for storage and transport reasons. The base of these tablets may, for example, be circular or rectangular. Multi-layer tablets, especially tablets with 2 or 3 layers, which may also be different in color, are especially preferred. Blue-white or green-white or blue-green-white tablets are particularly preferred. The tablets can also do this Contain pressed and unpressed portions. Moldings having a particularly advantageous dissolution rate are obtained when the granular constituents before pressing have a proportion of particles which have a diameter outside the range from 0.02 to 6 mm of less than 20, preferably less than 10% by weight. A particle size distribution in the range from 0.05 to 2.0 and particularly preferably from 0.2 to 1.0 mm is preferred.

In einer besonders bevorzugten Form wird wässrige Na-Silkat Lösung, wässrige Polymerlösung oder Wachsschmelzen und deren Mischung auf das hergestellte Granulat aufgesprüht und anschließend das Wasser abgetrocknet, und das Granulat so mit einer äußeren Hülle versehen (Coating). Sowohl Silikat, Wachs als auch Polymerlösung sind hierbei als Trägermaterial zu verstehen und zu berechnen.In a particularly preferred form, aqueous Na-silicate solution, aqueous polymer solution or wax melts and their mixture are sprayed onto the granules produced, and the water is then dried off, thus providing the granules with an outer shell (coating). Both silicate, wax and polymer solution are to be understood and calculated as carrier material.

Gewerbliche AnwendbarkeitIndustrial Applicability

Ein weiterer Gegenstand der Erfindung betrifft die Verwendung der festen Mittel als Vorcompound zur Herstellung von Wasch-, Spül- und Reinigungsmitteln, vorzugsweise von maschinellen Geschirrspülmitteln, dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass die festen Mittel in Mengen von 2 bis 80, vorzugsweise 7 bis 60 und insbesondere 20 bis 50 Gew.-% - bezogen auf die Endzubereitungen - enthalten sind.Another object of the invention relates to the use of the solid compositions as a precompound for the preparation of detergents, dishwashing detergents and cleaning compositions, preferably of automatic dishwasher detergents, characterized in that the solid compositions in amounts of 2 to 80, preferably 7 to 60 and in particular 20 to 50 wt .-% - based on the final preparations - are included.

BeispieleExamples

  1. 1) Auf 800 g Wessalith P wurden in einem Lödigemischer bei 2000 U/Min und RT 60 g (5% iges) Amphopolymer eingebracht und 1 Min. nachgemischt. Anschließend wurden 140 g HME (Dehypon KE 3557©, Cognis) mit einer Temp von 50°C (erhöhte Temperatur oberhalb des Schmelzpunktes des HME) innerhalb 1 Min. bei unveränderter Drehzahl zugegeben und erneut eine Min. nachgemischt. Es wurde ein rieselfähiges Granulat erhalten. 1) On 800 g of Wessalith P, 60 g (5%) of amphopolymer were introduced into a Lödigemischer at 2000 rev / min and RT and mixed for 1 min. Subsequently, 140 g of HME (Dehypon KE 3557 ©, Cognis) with a temp of 50 ° C (elevated temperature above the melting point of the HME) within 1 min. At unchanged speed added and mixed again for one min. It was obtained a free-flowing granules.
  2. 2) Auf 800 g STPP wurden in einem Lödigemischer bei 2000 U/Min und RT 60 g (5% iges) Amphopolymer eingebracht und 1 Min. nachgemischt. Anschließend wurden 140 g HME (Dehypon KE 3557©, Cognis) mit einer Temperatur von 50°C innerhalb 1 Min. bei unveränderter Drehzahl zugegeben und erneut eine Min. nachgemischt. Es wurde ein rieselfähiges Granulat erhalten. 2) On 800 g of STPP 60 g (5%) of amphopolymer were introduced into a Lödigemischer at 2000 rev / min and RT and mixed for 1 min. Subsequently, 140 g HME (Dehypon KE 3557 ©, Cognis) were added at a temperature of 50 ° C within 1 min. At unchanged speed and mixed again for one min. It was obtained a free-flowing granules.
  3. 3) Auf 740 g STPP wurden in einem Lödigemischer bei 2000 U/Min und RT 60 g (5% iges) Amphopolymer eingebracht und 1 Min. nachgemischt. Anschließend wurden 100g Glucopon 600 CSUP© (APG 12/14) bei 200 U/Min zugegeben und 1 Min. nachgemischt. Das erhaltene Granulat wurde auf einer Wirbelschicht mit einer Zulufttemp. von 140°C getrocknet. Das erhaltene Granulat wies eine Restfeuchte von 0,9 % auf. Auf dieses Granulat wurden in einem Lödigemischer bei 2000 U/Min 140 g HME (Dehypon KE 3557©, Cognis) mit einer Temp. von 50°C innerhalb 1 Min. zugegeben und eine Min. nachgemischt. Es wurde ein rieselfähiges Granulat erhalten. 3) On 740 g of STPP 60 g (5%) of amphopolymer were introduced into a Lödigemischer at 2000 rev / min and RT and mixed for 1 min. Subsequently, 100 g of Glucopon 600 CSUP © (APG 12/14) were added at 200 rpm and mixed in for 1 min. The granules obtained were on a fluidized bed with a Zulufttemp. dried from 140 ° C. The granules obtained had a residual moisture content of 0.9%. 140 g of HME (Dehypon KE 3557®, Cognis) were added to this granulate in a Lödigemischer at 2000 rev / min with a temp. Of 50 ° C within 1 min. And mixed for a min. It was obtained a free-flowing granules.
  4. 4) Auf 710 g STPP wurden in einem Lödigemischer bei 2000 U/Min und RT 300 g (5% iges) Amphopolymer eingebracht und 1 Min. nachgemischt. Das erhaltene Granulat wurde auf einer Wirbelschicht mit einer Zulufttemp. von 140°C getrocknet. Das erhaltene Granulat wies eine Restfeuchte von 0,8 % auf. Auf dieses Granulat wurden in einem Lödigemischer bei 2000 U/Min 270 g HME (Dehypon KE 3557©, Cognis) mit einer Temp von 50°C innerhalb 1 Min. zugegeben und eine Min. nachgemischt. Es wurde ein rieselfähiges Granulat erhalten. 4) On 710 g of STPP were in a Lödigemischer at 2000 rev / min and RT 300 g (5%) of amphopolymer introduced and mixed for 1 min. The granules obtained were on a fluidized bed with a Zulufttemp. dried from 140 ° C. The granules obtained had a residual moisture content of 0.8%. 270 g of HME (Dehypon KE 3557®, Cognis) were added to this granulate in a Lödigemischer at 2000 rev / min with a temp of 50 ° C within 1 min. And mixed for a min. It was obtained a free-flowing granules.
  5. 5) Auf 710 g STPP wurden in einem Lödigemischer bei 2000 U/Min und RT 300 g (5% iges) Polyisopropylacylamid eingebracht und 1 Min. nachgemischt. Das erhaltene Granulat wurde auf einer Wirbelschicht mit einer Zulufttemp. von 140°C getrocknet. Das erhaltene Granulat wies eine Restfeuchte von 0,8% auf. Auf dieses Granulat wurden in einem Lödigemischer bei 2000 U/Min 270 g HME (Dehypon KE 3557©, Cognis) mit einer Temp von 50°C innerhalb 1 Min. bei zugegeben und eine Min. nachgemischt. Es wurde ein rieselfähiges Granulat erhalten. 5) 300 g (5% strength) of polyisopropylacylamide were introduced into 710 g of STPP in a Lödigemischer at 2000 rev / min and RT and mixed for 1 min. The granules obtained were on a fluidized bed with a Zulufttemp. dried from 140 ° C. The granules obtained had a residual moisture content of 0.8%. 270 g of HME (Dehypon KE 3557®, Cognis) were added to this granulate at 2000 rpm in a Lödigemischer at a temp of 50 ° C within 1 min. At and admixed for one min. It was obtained a free-flowing granules.

Vergleichsbeispiel: Auf 730 g STPP wurden in einem Lödigemischer bei 2000 U/Min und RT innerhalb einer Min. 270 g HME (Dehypon KE 3557©, Cognis) mit einer Temp von 50°C zugegeben und eine Min. nachgemischt. Es wurde ein rieselfähiges Granulat erhalten. Comparative example : 270 g of HME (Dehypon KE 3557®, Cognis) were added to 730 g of STPP in a Lödigemischer at 2000 rev / min and RT within a min. With a temp of 50 ° C and mixed for one min. It was obtained a free-flowing granules.

HME: Hydroxymischether, APG: Alkylpolyglucosid, FAS: Fettalkoholsulfat, STTP: Sodiumtripolyphosphat, RT: RaumtemperaturHME: hydroxy mixed ether, APG: alkyl polyglucoside, FAS: fatty alcohol sulfate, STTP: sodium tripolyphosphate, RT: room temperature

In der nachfolgenden Tabelle 1 werden beispielhaft die Rezepturen von maschinellen Geschirrspülmitteln wiedergegeben. Rezeptur I und II enthält die erfindungsgemäßen festen Mitteln in Form eines Vorcompounds sowei weitere Rezepturbestandteile. V1 beschreibt eine Vergleichsrezeptur, die die gleichen Anteile an Hydroxymischether und Polymer enthält. Diese wurden jedoch nicht als feste Mittel vorformuliert.In the following Table 1 , the recipes of automatic dishwashing detergents are reproduced by way of example. Formulation I and II contains the solid compositions according to the invention in the form of a pre-compound and further formulation components. V1 describes a comparison formulation containing the same proportions of hydroxy mixed ether and polymer. However, these were not pre-formulated as fixed funds.

In einem Mischer wurden verschiedene Geschirrspülmittelpulver hergestellt. In einer Geschirrspülmaschine vom Typ Miele G661 SC wurden jeweils 25 g der Pulver unter Schmutzbelastung hinsichtlich ihres Klartrockeneffektes untersucht und auf einer Skala von (1) = sehr gut bis (5) = mangelhaft beurteilt. Die Ergebnisse sind in Tabelle 1 zusammengefasst. Tabelle 1 Klartrocknungseffekt Gewichtsanteile in % Zusammensetzung/Performance I II V1 HME 1) - - 11,9 Polymer 0,66 Granulat gemäß Beispiel 4 44 30 - (HME/Polymer) (11,910,66) (8,110,45) (11,9/0,66) C12/14-Fettalkohol+10EO-butylether 2 2 2 Soda 10 10 10 Wasserglas 9 10 10 Natriumtripolyphosphat 14 24 45 Natriumperborat-hydrat 10 10 10 Natriumsulfat - - 4 Enzyme 3 3 3 Wasser ad 100 Klartrocknungseffekt 1 2 2 1) C8/10-Fettalkohol+1PO+22EO-2-hydroxydecylether In a mixer various dishwashing powder were prepared. In a dishwasher of the type Miele G661 SC, 25 g of the powders were examined for their Klartrockeneffektes under dirt load and on a scale of (1) = very good to (5) = poorly assessed. The results are summarized in Table 1. <b><u> Table 1 </ u></b> Clear-drying effect % by weight Composition / Performance I II V1 HME 1) - - 11.9 polymer 0.66 Granules according to Example 4 44 30 - (HME / polymer) (11,910,66) (8,110,45) (11.9 / 0.66) C 12/14 fatty alcohol + 10EO-butyl ether 2 2 2 soda 10 10 10 water glass 9 10 10 sodium tripolyphosphate 14 24 45 Sodium hydrate 10 10 10 sodium sulphate - - 4 enzymes 3 3 3 water ad 100 Clear drying effect 1 2 2 1) C 8/10 fatty alcohol + 1PO + 22EO-2-hydroxydecyl ether

Der Gehalt an Hydroxymischethern (HME) und Polymer im Beispiel I und Vergleichsbeispiel V1 betrug jeweils 11,9g HME und 0,66g Polymer, in Beispiel II jedoch nur 8,1g HME und 0,45g Polymer. Man erkennt, dass unter Einsatz der erfindungsgemäßen festen Mittel sogar mit einem geringerem Gehalt an Niotensid und Polymer der gleiche Klartrocknungseffekt erreicht wird, während bei gewichtsgleichem. Gehalt an HME und Polymer sich die Rezeptur 1 mit den erfindungsgemäßen festen Mittel (44 %) als überlegen erweisen.The content of hydroxy mixed ethers (HME) and polymer in Example I and Comparative Example C1 was in each case 11.9 g of HME and 0.66 g of polymer, but in Example II only 8.1 g of HME and 0.45 g of polymer. It can be seen that using the solid compositions according to the invention, even with a lower content of nonionic surfactant and polymer, the same clear-drying effect is achieved, whereas in the case of equal weight. Content of HME and polymer prove to be superior to formulation 1 with the solid agents (44%) according to the invention.

Claims (17)

  1. A solid starting compound for the production of laundry detergents, dishwashing detergents and cleaning compositions, characterized in that they contain hydroxy mixed ethers (a) and optionally other surfactants (a), cationic polymers (b) containing monomer units corresponding to formula (1a):
    Figure imgb0006
    where n3 is a number of 2 to 4, R1a is hydrogen or a methyl group and R2a, R3a and R4a may be the same or different and represent hydrogen or a C1-4 alk(en)yl group and X- is an anion from the group of halide anions or a monoalkyl anion of sulfuric acid semiester,
    and optionally other auxiliaries and additives (c) typical of laundry detergents, dishwashing detergents and cleaning compositions and carriers (d) in a ratio of (a+b+c):(d) of 1:1 to 1:40.
  2. A solid starting compound as claimed in claim 1, characterized in that the hydroxy mixed ethers correspond to formula (I):
    Figure imgb0007
    in which R1 is a linear or branched alkyl group containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, R2 is hydrogen or a linear or branched alkyl group containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, R3 is a linear or branched alkyl and/or alkenyl group containing 1 to 22 carbon atoms, n1 and n2 independently of one another are 0 or numbers of 1 to 60 and m is 0 or a number of 0.5 to 5, with the provisos that the total number of carbon atoms in the substituents R1 and R2 is at least 6 and the sum (n1+m+n2) is not 0.
  3. A solid starting compound as claimed in claim 2, characterized in that the hydroxy mixed ethers correspond to formula (I) in which R1 is a linear alkyl group containing 8 to 10 carbon atoms, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is a linear alkyl group containing 8 to 10 carbon atoms, n1 is 0, m is a number of 0.5 to 2 and n2 is a number of 20 to 40.
  4. A solid starting compound as claimed in claim 2, characterized in that the hydroxy mixed ethers correspond to formula (I) in which R1 is a linear alkyl group containing 8 to 10 carbon atoms, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is a branched alkyl group containing 8 to 10 carbon atoms, n1 and m are 0 and n2 is a number of 20 to 40.
  5. A solid starting compound as claimed in claim 2, characterized in that the hydroxy mixed ethers correspond to formula (I) in which R1 is a linear alkyl group containing 8 to 10 carbon atoms, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is a linear alkyl group containing 8 to 10 carbon atoms, n1 and m are 0 and n2 is a number of 40 to 60.
  6. A solid starting compound as claimed in any of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that it contains polymers (b) selected from the group consisting of polymers or copolymers of monomers such as trialkylammonium alkyl (meth)acrylate or acrylamide, dialkyldiallyl diammonium salts, polymer analog reaction products of ethers or esters of polysaccharides containing ammonium side groups, guar, cellulose and starch derivatives, polyadducts of ethylene oxide with ammonium groups, polyesters and polyamides containing quaternary side groups.
  7. A solid starting compound as claimed in any of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers are present in a ratio of 0.1:1 to 1,000:1, preferably 1:1 to 100:1 and more particularly 5:1 to 50:1.
  8. A solid starting compound as claimed in any of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that it contains inorganic or organic carriers selected from the group consisting of zeolites, alkali metal sulfates, alkali metal phosphates, alkali metal carbonates, alkali metal hydrogen carbonates, alkali metal silicates, alkali metal citrates, polysaccharides and derivatives thereof, such as celluloses, carboxymethyl celluloses, cyclodextrins, starches, starch degradation products and polyacrylates and mixtures thereof.
  9. A solid starting compound as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that they have a residual moisture content of at most 25% by weight and preferably at most 10% by weight.
  10. A solid starting compound as claimed in at least one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that it contains 6 to 75% by weight and preferably 10 to 40% by weight of nonionic surfactants and 25 to 94% by weight and preferably 50 to 80% by weight of inorganic or organic carriers, with the proviso that the quantities mentioned add up to 100% by weight, optionally with water and optionally other surfactants and auxiliaries/additives.
  11. A process for the production of the solid starting compound claimed in claim 1, characterized in that hydroxy mixed ethers of formula (I) and polymers, optionally other surfactants and optionally other auxiliaries and additives are applied to inorganic or organic carriers.
  12. A process as claimed in claim 11, characterized in that an intimate mixture of hydroxy mixed ethers, polymers, optionally other surfactants and auxiliaries/additives with carriers is prepared.
  13. A process as claimed in claim 12, characterized in that the surface of the carriers is coated with hydroxy mixed ethers, polymers and optionally other surfactants and auxiliaries/additives.
  14. A process as claimed in any of claims 11 to 13, characterized in that the solid compounds are produced by mixing the components in ploughshare, Lödige or Eirich mixers.
  15. A process as claimed in at least one of claims 11 to 14, characterized in that the solid compounds are prepared by spray drying, fluidized bed granulation, press agglomeration, extrusion, roll compacting, pelleting or tabletting.
  16. The use of the solid starting compounds claimed in claims 1 to 10 for the production of laundry detergents, dishwashing detergents and cleaning compositions, characterized in that the solid compounds are present in quantities of 2 to 80, preferably 7 to 60 and more particularly 20 to 50% by weight, based on the final preparations.
  17. The use claimed in claim 16, characterized in that dishwasher detergents are produced.
EP02027904A 2001-12-22 2002-12-13 Hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers in form of a solid precompound for washing, rinsing and cleansing agents Expired - Lifetime EP1321509B1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DE10163856 2001-12-22
DE10163856A DE10163856A1 (en) 2001-12-22 2001-12-22 Hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers in the form of solid agents as a pre-compound for washing, rinsing and cleaning agents

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP1321509A1 EP1321509A1 (en) 2003-06-25
EP1321509B1 true EP1321509B1 (en) 2007-07-18

Family

ID=7710791

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP02027904A Expired - Lifetime EP1321509B1 (en) 2001-12-22 2002-12-13 Hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers in form of a solid precompound for washing, rinsing and cleansing agents

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US6897193B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1321509B1 (en)
AT (1) ATE367428T1 (en)
DE (2) DE10163856A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE19962886A1 (en) * 1999-12-24 2001-07-05 Cognis Deutschland Gmbh Surfactant granules with an improved dissolution rate
DE10153768A1 (en) * 2001-11-02 2003-05-15 Cognis Deutschland Gmbh Hydroxy mixed ethers with polymers
DE10163856A1 (en) * 2001-12-22 2003-07-10 Cognis Deutschland Gmbh Hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers in the form of solid agents as a pre-compound for washing, rinsing and cleaning agents
EP1504054A1 (en) * 2002-05-14 2005-02-09 E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company Packaging and containers made of water-soluble polyamides and processes for their manufacture
JP3910530B2 (en) * 2002-12-16 2007-04-25 花王株式会社 Dirt release agent
GB2404662A (en) * 2003-08-01 2005-02-09 Reckitt Benckiser Cleaning composition
DE102004039921A1 (en) * 2004-08-18 2006-03-02 Henkel Kgaa Rinse aid containing washing and cleaning agents with sulfur-containing amino acids
US7534381B2 (en) * 2005-09-14 2009-05-19 Isp Investments Inc. Process and apparatus for forming agglomerates of a powder composition of an active and binder
DE102005060431A1 (en) * 2005-12-15 2007-06-21 Henkel Kgaa Automatic dishwasher detergent contains positively-charged polymer and nonionic surfactant of polyalkylene oxide monoether type for clear rinse aid or detergent with integrated clear rinse function
JP5071631B2 (en) 2006-06-26 2012-11-14 ライオン株式会社 Solid detergent composition
DE102007042859A1 (en) * 2007-09-10 2009-03-12 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa cleaning process
EP2430141B1 (en) 2009-05-12 2017-01-18 Ecolab Usa Inc. Fast drying and fast draining rinse aid
GB201104244D0 (en) * 2011-03-14 2011-04-27 Reckitt Benckiser Nv Detergent composition with improved drying performance
US9567551B2 (en) 2012-06-22 2017-02-14 Ecolab Usa Inc. Solid rinse aid composition and method of making same
US9011610B2 (en) 2012-06-22 2015-04-21 Ecolab Usa Inc. Solid fast draining/drying rinse aid for high total dissolved solid water conditions
US8871699B2 (en) 2012-09-13 2014-10-28 Ecolab Usa Inc. Detergent composition comprising phosphinosuccinic acid adducts and methods of use
US9994799B2 (en) 2012-09-13 2018-06-12 Ecolab Usa Inc. Hard surface cleaning compositions comprising phosphinosuccinic acid adducts and methods of use
US9023784B2 (en) 2012-09-13 2015-05-05 Ecolab Usa Inc. Method of reducing soil redeposition on a hard surface using phosphinosuccinic acid adducts
US9752105B2 (en) 2012-09-13 2017-09-05 Ecolab Usa Inc. Two step method of cleaning, sanitizing, and rinsing a surface
US20140308162A1 (en) 2013-04-15 2014-10-16 Ecolab Usa Inc. Peroxycarboxylic acid based sanitizing rinse additives for use in ware washing
US10550354B2 (en) 2015-05-19 2020-02-04 Ecolab Usa Inc. Efficient surfactant system on plastic and all types of ware
US10370626B2 (en) 2016-05-23 2019-08-06 Ecolab Usa Inc. Reduced misting acidic cleaning, sanitizing, and disinfecting compositions via the use of high molecular weight water-in-oil emulsion polymers
EP3464541B1 (en) 2016-05-23 2020-04-29 Ecolab USA Inc. Reduced misting alkaline and neutral cleaning, sanitizing, and disinfecting compositions via the use of high molecular weight water-in-oil emulsion polymers
EP3589125A1 (en) 2017-03-01 2020-01-08 Ecolab USA, Inc. Reduced inhalation hazard sanitizers and disinfectants via high molecular weight polymers
EP3827069A1 (en) 2018-07-25 2021-06-02 Ecolab USA Inc. Rinse aid formulation for cleaning automotive parts
WO2020257749A1 (en) 2019-06-21 2020-12-24 Ecolab Usa Inc. Solid nonionic surfactant compositions
AU2020314624B2 (en) 2019-07-12 2023-06-08 Ecolab Usa Inc. Reduced mist alkaline cleaner via the use of alkali soluble emulsion polymers

Family Cites Families (109)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ZA734721B (en) 1972-07-14 1974-03-27 Procter & Gamble Detergent compositions
GB1455873A (en) * 1973-08-24 1976-11-17 Procter & Gamble Textile-softening detergent compositions
US4172887A (en) * 1973-11-30 1979-10-30 L'oreal Hair conditioning compositions containing crosslinked polyaminopolyamides
LU68901A1 (en) 1973-11-30 1975-08-20
DE2432757C2 (en) * 1974-07-08 1984-02-16 Henkel KGaA, 4000 Düsseldorf Polyethylene glycol diethers containing hydroxyl groups suitable as foam inhibitors and their preparation
DE2553900A1 (en) 1975-12-01 1977-06-08 Konrad Ruckstuhl Baled bagasse prodn. - with disintegration by hammer mill and sepn. of particles into different-sized fractions after initial external treatments e.g. sieving
DE3069768D1 (en) 1979-09-29 1985-01-17 Procter & Gamble Ltd Detergent compositions
ATE5896T1 (en) 1979-11-03 1984-02-15 The Procter & Gamble Company GRANULAR DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS.
NL8004703A (en) * 1980-08-20 1982-03-16 Nl Bank Nv PRINTING WITH ELEMENTS THAT MAY MAKE FAKE VISIBLE, AND METHOD FOR MAKING SUCH PRINTING.
JPS61500049A (en) * 1983-08-16 1986-01-09 ザ・ヴアリアブル・スピ−チ・コントロ−ル・カンパニイ(ヴイエスシイ) Stacking of voice compressed audio channels for dial call narrowband transmission
GB8324276D0 (en) * 1983-09-10 1983-10-12 Univ Strathclyde Biocompatible glasses
SE438113B (en) * 1983-09-12 1985-04-01 Rovac Ab DISTANCE MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES TO MANUFACTURE THE SAME
US4524009A (en) * 1984-01-31 1985-06-18 A. E. Staley Manufacturing Company Detergent builder
CA1238917A (en) 1984-01-31 1988-07-05 Vivian B. Valenty Detergent builder
DE3413571A1 (en) 1984-04-11 1985-10-24 Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt USE OF CRYSTALLINE LAYERED SODIUM SILICATES FOR WATER SOFTENING AND METHOD FOR WATER SOFTENING
US4639325A (en) * 1984-10-24 1987-01-27 A. E. Staley Manufacturing Company Detergent builder
DE3526405A1 (en) * 1985-07-24 1987-02-05 Henkel Kgaa LAYERED SILICATES WITH RESTRICTED SOURCE, PROCESS FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND THEIR USE IN DETERGENT AND CLEANING AGENTS
FR2597473B1 (en) * 1986-01-30 1988-08-12 Roquette Freres PROCESS FOR THE OXIDATION OF DI-, TRI-, OLIGO- AND POLYSACCHARIDES TO POLYHYDROXYCARBOXYLIC ACIDS, CATALYST IMPLEMENTED AND PRODUCTS THUS OBTAINED.
GB8629837D0 (en) 1986-12-13 1987-01-21 Interox Chemicals Ltd Bleach activation
DE3706036A1 (en) 1987-02-25 1988-09-08 Basf Ag POLYACETALS, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF FROM DIALDEHYDES AND POLYOLCARBONIC ACIDS AND USE OF THE POLYACETALS
DE3723826A1 (en) * 1987-07-18 1989-01-26 Henkel Kgaa METHOD FOR PRODUCING ALKYL GLYCOSIDES
DE3732947A1 (en) 1987-09-30 1989-04-13 Henkel Kgaa FOAM REGULATOR SUITABLE FOR USE IN WASHING AND CLEANING AGENTS
DE3816842A1 (en) 1988-05-18 1989-11-23 Schlueter Gmbh U Co Kg H Annular die press
US5576425A (en) * 1988-10-05 1996-11-19 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Process for the direct production of alkyl glycosides
DE3833780A1 (en) 1988-10-05 1990-04-12 Henkel Kgaa METHOD FOR THE DIRECT PRODUCTION OF ALKYL GLYCOSIDES
GB8908416D0 (en) 1989-04-13 1989-06-01 Unilever Plc Bleach activation
ATE107352T1 (en) * 1989-08-09 1994-07-15 Henkel Kgaa PRODUCTION OF COMPACT GRANULES FOR DETERGENT.
DK0427349T3 (en) 1989-11-10 1995-11-20 Tno Process for Preparation of Polydicarboxysaccharides and Substitutes for Phosphates in Detergents Based on Polydicarboxysaccharides
YU221490A (en) 1989-12-02 1993-10-20 Henkel Kg. PROCEDURE FOR HYDROTHERMAL PRODUCTION OF CRYSTAL SODIUM DISILICATE
GB9003741D0 (en) 1990-02-19 1990-04-18 Unilever Plc Bleach activation
US5047163A (en) 1990-03-16 1991-09-10 Lever Brothers Company, Division Of Conopco, Inc. Activation of bleach precursors with sulfonimines
US5041232A (en) 1990-03-16 1991-08-20 Lever Brothers Company, Division Of Conopco, Inc. Sulfonimines as bleach catalysts
DE69125309T2 (en) 1990-05-21 1997-07-03 Unilever Nv Bleach activation
IT1249883B (en) 1990-08-13 1995-03-30 Ferruzzi Ricerca & Tec CALCIUM SEQUESTRING AGENTS BASED ON OXIDIZED CARBOHYDRATES AND THEIR USE AS BUILDER FOR DETERGENTS
DE4030688A1 (en) 1990-09-28 1992-04-02 Henkel Kgaa PROCESS FOR SPRUE DRYING OF MATERIALS AND MATERIAL MIXTURES USING OVERHEATED WATER VAPOR
GB9101606D0 (en) 1991-01-24 1991-03-06 Dow Corning Sa Detergent foam control agents
IT1245063B (en) 1991-04-12 1994-09-13 Ferruzzi Ricerca & Tec PROCEDURE FOR OXIDATION OF CARBOHYDRATES
DE4124701A1 (en) 1991-07-25 1993-01-28 Henkel Kgaa METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF SOLID DETERGENT AND CLEANING AGENT WITH HIGH SHOCK WEIGHT AND IMPROVED SOLUTION SPEED
ATE155165T1 (en) 1991-07-31 1997-07-15 Ausimont Spa METHOD FOR INCREASING THE BLEACHING EFFECTIVENESS OF AN INORGANIC PER SALT
DE4134914A1 (en) 1991-10-23 1993-04-29 Henkel Kgaa DETERGENT AND CLEANING AGENT WITH SELECTED BUILDER SYSTEMS
EP0542496B1 (en) 1991-11-14 1998-05-20 The Procter & Gamble Company C6/C2-C3 Oxidized starch as detergent ingredient
CA2083661A1 (en) 1991-11-26 1993-05-27 Rudolf J. Martens Detergent bleach compositions
US5194416A (en) 1991-11-26 1993-03-16 Lever Brothers Company, Division Of Conopco, Inc. Manganese catalyst for activating hydrogen peroxide bleaching
GB9127060D0 (en) 1991-12-20 1992-02-19 Unilever Plc Bleach activation
CA2085642A1 (en) 1991-12-20 1993-06-21 Ronald Hage Bleach activation
DE4221381C1 (en) 1992-07-02 1994-02-10 Stockhausen Chem Fab Gmbh Graft copolymers of unsaturated monomers and sugars, process for their preparation and their use
DE4203923A1 (en) 1992-02-11 1993-08-12 Henkel Kgaa METHOD FOR PRODUCING POLYCARBOXYLATES ON A POLYSACCHARIDE BASE
US5637560A (en) * 1992-02-12 1997-06-10 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Process for the production of surface-active anionic surfactant salts using superheated steam
DE4206495A1 (en) 1992-03-02 1993-09-09 Cognis Bio Umwelt Drying wetting, washing and/or cleaning agent or component
DE4206050A1 (en) 1992-02-27 1993-09-02 Cognis Bio Umwelt Drying wetting, washing and/or cleaning agent or component
DE4234376A1 (en) 1992-10-12 1994-04-14 Henkel Kgaa Recyclables and mixtures of substances for wetting, washing and / or cleaning agents in a new formulation
CA2130002A1 (en) * 1992-02-12 1993-08-13 Johann Fues New low-dust anionic surfactant concentrates in powder or granule form with improved solubility in aqueous media
DE4204090A1 (en) 1992-02-12 1993-08-19 Cognis Bio Umwelt SIMPLIFIED DRYING PROCESS FOR RECYCLING MATERIALS AND RECYCLING MATERIALS FROM THE AREA OF DETERGENT AND CLEANING AGENTS WITH OVERHEATED WATER VAPOR
DE4209432A1 (en) 1992-03-24 1993-09-30 Henkel Kgaa Disposal of discharged vapour stream
DE4204035A1 (en) 1992-02-12 1993-08-19 Cognis Bio Umwelt IMPROVED METHOD FOR DRYING RECYCLING MATERIALS FOR DETERGENT AND CLEANING AGENT WITH OVERHEATED WATER VAPOR
DE4206521A1 (en) 1992-03-02 1993-09-09 Cognis Bio Umwelt Drying wetting, washing and/or cleaning agent or component
DE4208773A1 (en) 1992-03-19 1993-09-23 Cognis Bio Umwelt Drying wetting, washing and/or cleaning agent or component
JPH05339896A (en) 1992-06-03 1993-12-21 Arakawa Chem Ind Co Ltd Paper sizing agent and paper sizing
DE4235646A1 (en) 1992-10-22 1994-04-28 Henkel Kgaa Process for the production of extrudates that are active in washing and cleaning
DE4300772C2 (en) * 1993-01-14 1997-03-27 Stockhausen Chem Fab Gmbh Water-soluble, biodegradable copolymers based on unsaturated mono- and dicarboxylic acids, process for their preparation and their use
DE4303320C2 (en) * 1993-02-05 1995-12-21 Degussa Detergent composition having improved soil carrying power, process for its preparation and use of a suitable polycarboxylate therefor
US5576281A (en) 1993-04-05 1996-11-19 Olin Corporation Biogradable low foaming surfactants as a rinse aid for autodish applications
CA2161213A1 (en) 1993-05-20 1994-12-08 Alan David Willey Bleaching compounds comprising n-acyl caprolactam for use in hand-wash or other low-water cleaning systems
ATE182617T1 (en) 1993-05-20 1999-08-15 Procter & Gamble BLEACH COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING N-ACYLCAPROLACTAM ACTIVATORS
CN1066715C (en) 1993-05-20 2001-06-06 普罗格特-甘布尔公司 Bleaching compounds comprising substituted benzoyl caprolactam bleach activators
DE4317519A1 (en) * 1993-05-26 1994-12-01 Henkel Kgaa Production of polysaccharide-based polycarboxylates
US5405413A (en) 1993-06-24 1995-04-11 The Procter & Gamble Co. Bleaching compounds comprising acyl valerolactam bleach activators
NL194919C (en) 1993-09-07 2003-07-04 Tno Process for oxidizing carbohydrates.
NL9301905A (en) 1993-11-04 1995-06-01 Inst Voor Agrotech Onderzoek Method for oxidizing carbohydrates.
DE4338922A1 (en) 1993-11-15 1995-05-18 Degussa Activators for inorganic peroxygen compounds
WO1995014759A1 (en) 1993-11-25 1995-06-01 Warwick International Group Limited Bleaching compositions
US5534196A (en) 1993-12-23 1996-07-09 The Procter & Gamble Co. Process for making lactam bleach activator containing particles
DE4400024A1 (en) 1994-01-03 1995-07-06 Henkel Kgaa Silicate builders and their use in detergents and cleaning agents as well as multi-component mixtures for use in this field
DE4402051A1 (en) 1994-01-25 1995-07-27 Henkel Kgaa Builder for detergents or cleaners
DE4402851A1 (en) 1994-01-31 1995-08-03 Henkel Kgaa Fluid bed oxidation process for the production of polysaccharide-based polycarboxylates
MX9604643A (en) 1994-04-07 1997-11-29 Procter & Gamble Bleach compositions comprising metal-containing bleach catalysts.
DE4415804A1 (en) * 1994-05-05 1995-11-09 Henkel Kgaa Rinse aid with biodegradable polymers
DE4416438A1 (en) 1994-05-10 1995-11-16 Basf Ag Mononuclear or multinuclear metal complexes and their use as bleaching and oxidation catalysts
DE4417734A1 (en) 1994-05-20 1995-11-23 Degussa Polycarboxylates
EP0693550B1 (en) 1994-07-21 2004-06-16 Ciba SC Holding AG Fabric bleaching composition
GB9419091D0 (en) 1994-09-22 1994-11-09 Cerestar Holding Bv Process for decreasing the build up of inorganic incrustations on textiles and detergent composition used in such process
DE4443177A1 (en) 1994-12-05 1996-06-13 Henkel Kgaa Activator mixtures for inorganic per compounds
DE19524287A1 (en) 1995-07-06 1997-01-09 Henkel Kgaa Highly compacted detergent with good cold water solubility or dispersibility - comprises compacted core of active and auxiliary substances coated with relatively coarse particles of same substances with the aid of a solid, cold water soluble binder.
DE19547457A1 (en) 1995-12-19 1997-06-26 Henkel Kgaa Multi-component pourable detergent
DE19529905A1 (en) 1995-08-15 1997-02-20 Henkel Kgaa Activator complexes for peroxygen compounds
DE19536082A1 (en) 1995-09-28 1997-04-03 Henkel Kgaa Use of transition metal complex as activator for peroxy cpd.
DE19600018A1 (en) 1996-01-03 1997-07-10 Henkel Kgaa Detergent with certain oxidized oligosaccharides
DE19605688A1 (en) * 1996-02-16 1997-08-21 Henkel Kgaa Transition metal complexes as activators for peroxygen compounds
DE19613103A1 (en) 1996-04-01 1997-10-02 Henkel Kgaa Systems containing transition metal complexes as activators for peroxygen compounds
DE19620411A1 (en) 1996-04-01 1997-10-02 Henkel Kgaa Transition metal amine complexes as activators for peroxygen compounds
DE19616769A1 (en) 1996-04-26 1997-11-06 Henkel Kgaa Acylacetals as bleach activators for detergents and cleaning agents
DE19616693A1 (en) 1996-04-26 1997-11-06 Henkel Kgaa Enol esters as bleach activators for detergents and cleaning agents
DE19616770A1 (en) 1996-04-26 1997-11-06 Henkel Kgaa Acyl lactams as bleach activators for detergents and cleaning agents
DE19616767A1 (en) 1996-04-26 1997-11-06 Henkel Kgaa Bleach activators for detergents and cleaning agents
DE19620267A1 (en) 1996-05-20 1997-11-27 Henkel Kgaa Catalytically active activator complexes with N¶4¶ ligands for peroxygen compounds
US5967157A (en) * 1996-09-11 1999-10-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Automatic dishwashing compositions containing low foaming nonionic surfactants in conjunction with enzymes
DE19638599A1 (en) 1996-09-20 1998-03-26 Henkel Kgaa Process for producing a particulate detergent or cleaning agent
DE19758811B4 (en) 1997-03-11 2008-12-18 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa Detergent pellet
DE19710254A1 (en) * 1997-03-13 1998-09-17 Henkel Kgaa Shaped or active cleaning moldings for household use
GB9711829D0 (en) 1997-06-06 1997-08-06 Unilever Plc Detergent compositions
GB9711831D0 (en) 1997-06-06 1997-08-06 Unilever Plc Cleaning compositions
DE19738866A1 (en) 1997-09-05 1999-03-11 Henkel Kgaa Low-foaming surfactant mixtures with hydroxy mixed ethers
DE19751859A1 (en) * 1997-11-22 1999-07-29 Henkel Ecolab Gmbh & Co Ohg Means for cleaning hard surfaces
US6576799B1 (en) * 1998-11-05 2003-06-10 The Procter & Gamble Company Process for preparing ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants
AU2456699A (en) * 1999-01-14 2000-08-01 Procter & Gamble Company, The Detergent compositions comprising a pectate lyase and a low foaming nonionic surfactant
DE19962885A1 (en) * 1999-12-24 2001-07-05 Cognis Deutschland Gmbh Detergent tablets with improved disintegration properties
DE10019344A1 (en) * 2000-04-18 2001-11-08 Cognis Deutschland Gmbh Detergents and cleaning agents
DE10153768A1 (en) * 2001-11-02 2003-05-15 Cognis Deutschland Gmbh Hydroxy mixed ethers with polymers
DE10163856A1 (en) * 2001-12-22 2003-07-10 Cognis Deutschland Gmbh Hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers in the form of solid agents as a pre-compound for washing, rinsing and cleaning agents

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
None *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20030171243A1 (en) 2003-09-11
US6897193B2 (en) 2005-05-24
DE10163856A1 (en) 2003-07-10
DE50210492D1 (en) 2007-08-30
ATE367428T1 (en) 2007-08-15
EP1321509A1 (en) 2003-06-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1321509B1 (en) Hydroxy mixed ethers and polymers in form of a solid precompound for washing, rinsing and cleansing agents
EP1240290B1 (en) Tenside granules with improved disintegration rate
EP1106675B1 (en) Use of partial glyceride polyglycol ethers
EP1235897B1 (en) Detergent tablets
EP1240287B1 (en) Detergent tablets
EP1232242B1 (en) Detergent granules with an improved dissolution rate
EP1188817A2 (en) Detergent Composition
EP1191094A2 (en) Detergent composition
DE19953796A1 (en) Solid washing, rinsing and cleaning agents
EP1274822B1 (en) Detergents and cleaning agents
EP1306422B1 (en) Solid washing, rinsing and cleansing agent
DE10150400A1 (en) Solid washing, rinsing and cleaning agents
EP1214389B1 (en) Surfactant mixtures
WO2001018164A1 (en) Detergents
EP1205536A2 (en) Use of surfactant mixtures
WO2001000763A1 (en) Foam-controlled solid detergents
EP1405899B1 (en) Solid detergents
EP1081213A1 (en) Foam-controlled solid detergents
EP1090979A1 (en) Defoaming granulates
EP1207193A1 (en) Use of a mixture of surfactants for the preparation of washing or cleaning agents
EP1204732A1 (en) Foam-controlled solid detergents
EP1078979A1 (en) Foam-controlled solid detergents
EP1090978A1 (en) Solid washing, rinsing and cleaning agent containing defoaming granules
WO2001000762A1 (en) Foam-controlled solid detergents
WO2001000761A1 (en) Foam-controlled solid detergents

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20021213

AK Designated contracting states

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE SI SK TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: AL LT LV MK RO

AKX Designation fees paid

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE SI SK TR

RAP1 Party data changed (applicant data changed or rights of an application transferred)

Owner name: COGNIS IP MANAGEMENT GMBH

GRAP Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1

GRAS Grant fee paid

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR3

GRAA (expected) grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: B1

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE SI SK TR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: FG4D

Free format text: NOT ENGLISH

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: EP

REF Corresponds to:

Ref document number: 50210492

Country of ref document: DE

Date of ref document: 20070830

Kind code of ref document: P

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: FG4D

Free format text: LANGUAGE OF EP DOCUMENT: GERMAN

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20070718

Ref country code: ES

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20071029

Ref country code: PT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20071218

Ref country code: NL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20070718

Ref country code: BG

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20071018

NLV1 Nl: lapsed or annulled due to failure to fulfill the requirements of art. 29p and 29m of the patents act
GBV Gb: ep patent (uk) treated as always having been void in accordance with gb section 77(7)/1977 [no translation filed]

Effective date: 20070718

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: FD4D

EN Fr: translation not filed
PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20071019

Ref country code: DK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20070718

PLBE No opposition filed within time limit

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CZ

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20070718

Ref country code: GB

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20070718

Ref country code: IE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20070718

Ref country code: SK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20070718

26N No opposition filed

Effective date: 20080421

BERE Be: lapsed

Owner name: COGNIS IP MANAGEMENT G.M.B.H.

Effective date: 20071231

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20071018

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20080314

Ref country code: MC

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20071231

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: PL

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: BE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20071231

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CH

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20071231

Ref country code: DE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20080701

Ref country code: LI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20071231

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: EE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20070718

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: AT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20071213

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20070718

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CY

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20070718

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: LU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20071213

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: TR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20070718

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20071231